Game Posts

Len Inactive for 1 months

Oct 31, 2017 3:13 pm
This thread is for players posting what your characters are doing in the game world. I, the Dungeon Master (DM), will post what the characters sense and how the world reacts to what they do.

Currently this thread is locked. We'll unlock it when the game begins. Now unlocked!

Len Inactive for 1 months

Nov 7, 2017 12:16 am
It has been nearly a month since the party departed the Chugging Chasm. You all shared a need to leave the safety of the walls of Katagia and the warmth of your hearths. Some are searching for answers, while others are avoiding being sought. So far, the chill autumn rains are all that you have found.

Tonight, you find yourselves around a campfire. It is the first clear night in weeks, and the planet of Sorrow watching over you lends this evening an auspicious air. As you stare into the flames, your mind wanders to the defining moments of the journey thus far.
OOC:
Welcome to the game, everyone! To set the stage, I have tailored a question to your character for you to help describe the journey thus far. Your answer will become cannon. You may answer however you feel comfortable. You could create a scene, a short piece of fiction complete with dialogue, that describes what happened. Or, you can describe what happened from a third person perspective, and give the important details. Feel free to invent geographic details, characters, and locations. And as always, ask questions! The OOC forum would be a good place for this.

Your Questions:

Pageflap, describe a situation that happened on this journey where your mimicry or forgery abilities helped the party to bypass a significant obstacle. Which party member did you enlist to assist you in this effort, and how did they help?

Kit, your fame has been a double-edged sword so far on this journey. Describe how it has both helped and harmed your progress. Which party member helped you out when your fame proved to be hindrance, and how?

Raishe, your faith has been shaken to the core by recent events. On the trail, you encountered a group of your fellow clergymen on a holy quest. They offered to share their campfire with you and the party for a night. How did you handle the situation? Which party member(s) have you confided in with the truth of your story (if any)?

Barendd, the trail thus far has taken you through many small towns, and every town no matter how small has some ties to organized crime. How have you been using your criminal contacts to aid the party on this journey? Which party member specifically benefited the most from this help?

Iman, the trail has occasionally taken you near ruins of the old Arkasian Empire. Describe one of these ruins, and explain how it made you feel. What party member did you invite to explore the site further, and what did you discover?

Aegar, as a knight of Old Arkasia, you have not forgotten the responsibilities entrusted in you. What situation did you end up becoming involved in on account of your oath that you would have rather avoided? Which party member also got tangled up in this, for better or worse?
Nov 7, 2017 4:01 am
I've been preceded by my reputation. I don't know if it's my tattoos, or if my past exploits created a lot of stories that would pass from one criminal to another, but I found that where my old criminal contacts and I have lost touch there were plenty of strangers who recognized me or my dice. As we found ourselves in various towns I'd, out of old habits, find myself in the tavern and I'd somehow always have someone wanting me to reminisce. I may have tried to forget my past but it definitely would not forget about me. Luckily as I would talk about the "good old days" my temporary friends at the taverns would fill me about the here and now.

Criminals always seem to be focused on the here and now, so there was not much information to be had about the past, and now the empire was solidly in the past. It's bones had been picked over by looters and scavengers so my criminal brethren had little concern for it so I little information to share with Pageflap and Iman.

Early on I learned that though he may not be known by name or reputation Aegar still holds himself like a soldier committed to to order, and because of that many of my "friends" were wary to be in the same room as him, much less talk to him, at least until I would fervently vouch for him and they had plenty to drink.

The real treasure trove of information came from our wayward Acolyte and the Thespian extraordinaire.

Raishe, I learned, was quite vilified publicly to go against his religion in such a violent was was inexcusable. To the public this was the clergy's stance. However, some of the more... human... clerics recognized the Bishop for what he was. As these clerics would find their way to alehouses, brothels, gambling dens, to "proselytize" and the like they would let slip that "they would have done the same without any misgivings" this seemed, to my fellow criminals to be a lot of grandstanding and ego stroking, To me it showed that the man had support for his actions and may have a path back to the fold he had devoted his life to. I see this as good. Men of faith need hope.
[ +- ] First draft of Kit, needed to be retooled
Kit's is the most amusing to me. I expected his transition out of the top of society to be challenging, but he seems to take to the grit just as well as the glamour he was used to. At first it seemed like he missed fine wine and feasts, he also seemed reluctant to enter some of the taverns I would gravitate toward. Now he seems much less preoccupied with what people might think. At first there were some murmurs about people looking for him. Word now is that with his uncle being held accountable and him leaving the spotlight the crown seems to be indifferent his existence. His skills for the stage seem to transition quite well to making sure he stays hidden and disguised. His flair for drama seems to break the melancholy of our current existence. He came to me in a time of need and so I took him in. He's decided to join us, since the stage seems closed to him for now, and it seems like he's taken to our quest quite well, though he sometimes forgets where we are or who were talking to, and the consequences for that has been...interesting at times, but we can usually walk away unscathed, sometimes laughing sometimes hastily, but rarely bruised or battered. I do still feel kind of responsible for him especially when we deal with the seedier side of society. Maybe in our time together I'll be able to see him perform the play that got him into hot water in the first place. I did enjoy his performances in my youth.
Last edited November 7, 2017 5:10 am
Nov 7, 2017 4:50 pm
Not even three days remaining until he finally made it within the walls of Katagia when Pageflap was beset by a boisterous band of bandits. The preceding weeks were hardly any trouble, and he was beginning to think that the threat of being mugged on the road may have been slightly exaggerated. Turns out the middle of nowhere wasn't a good place for muggers to find victims!

"I think I saw that bird thing go this way!" Another thing to note was that apparently Kenku were not as well known around these parts as back home. They were known, a couple of the bandits mentioned seeing something like himself a couple of times before, but they seemed to be rarer around here. That or the bandits were not worldly enough to know the name 'Kenku.'

At the moment, he was high upon a tree, using his talons to perch on a sufficiently foliaged and sturdy enough branch. The hope that the bandits would give up and leave before nightfall was waning as the hunt seemed to only spur them further. He could probably keep going until they did give up, but he was getting worried that the man of faith hiding in the tree with him would not.

Meeting on the same boat, the cleric Raishe was initially wary of him, knowing the reputation Kenku were known to have. A week at sea was enough to put some of that worry to rest, but not so much that they wouldn't have parted ways once they reached port. That they were headed the same way was a coincidence, and though the cleric kept him at arms length throughout the journey the presence of bandits warmed them up to each other pretty quickly.

Pageflap felt something click in his head.

Waving the cleric over, they slowly began climbing down the tree. Stealthily sneaking among the bushes, Pageflap neared one of the bandits. The cleric didn't seem to have ever done something like this before, and made a bit of noise. As the bandit started to rise at the noise, Pageflap spoke aloud, "I think I saw that bird thing go this way!" The bandit then got up and headed towards Pageflap's direction. As he was about to reach the tree he was hiding behind, Raishe clubbed him in the back of the head with his mace.

"Hey! Are you alright? What's with all the noise!?" yelled one of the bandits.

"Where the hell is that bloody bird!?" Pageflap yelled back. The bandits went back to their searching, unaware that they were being picked off one by one.

When all was said and done, Pageflap flipped open his book and turned to find an empty page. That was clearly a creative plan! He should write it down in case he needs it again! Though there was the possibility that it would not work again. Perhaps he should look for more help once he gets to Katagia? There's bound to be someone there wanting to go to the Arkasian ruins....
Nov 7, 2017 5:58 pm
I find myself in an unfamiliar setting. This is the first time since I can remember sharing the warmth of a campfire with someone other than my own. I sit here with a group of interesting individuals, and although I don't particularly trust any of the others, it's comforting to have Aegar in the group to side with.

The flames are peaceful...

I remember that day, 20 years ago. I was supposed to start school the following morning. I thought knowledge was quantified by the amount of books you owned, so I would sneak around and take books and scrolls from elders to prepare myself. I wanted to grow and become a powerful wizard, just like my parents. I was so excited. But I will never forget the sound of the Arkasian horns that night. I had no idea what was going on. They looked like monsters, they were huge, these invaders. I couldn't make out who they were, but I was frightened. I couldn't move, I couldn't run, and I couldn't scream. They destroyed everything and I couldn't do anything about it. I wish I was brave.

Just the other day we came across the ruins of Tevik again, it was another town under the Arkasian rule that was also attacked. Aegar and I passed by here while I was still under his unit around 15 years ago. My first time by I saw the remains of what seemed to be a child. A skeleton about four feet in length laying there with a rusted sword at its side. These children, with sword in hand, had to fight amongst men for survival, when I could barely stand. I was ashamed.

But Im different now. I'm stronger and fearless. I've been chased off these roads countless of times into hiding, but im back with a different purpose. In these flames I see visions of coming disaster, and whether this group shares a common purpose or not, I will do anything to prevent it.
Last edited November 7, 2017 6:30 pm
Nov 7, 2017 6:43 pm
Out of all the people Aegar had come to find himself on this journey with. He'd never imagined he'd see Iman Pyregrip again. The last time he saw the boy was during the fall of the Empire, and he was but 10 years old. The boy he met then was a very timid one, but after having seen his home and family savagely ripped away; who could blame him? Aegar saw it imperative that the boy be taught some basic fighting skills. They would be his only means of survival in the years to come, that is if he isn't destroyed by the barbarians.

Iman today was no longer the timid boy Aegar once knew. He had grown strong and tall into a man with great capabilities. But Aegar had come to notice something that haunted him. Whether by pure chance, or as means or survival, or maybe it was the gods continuing to punish Aegar; Iman had become a Barbarian. Much like the ones who toppled the great Arkasian Empire and brought Aegar's life to ruins. This deeply concerned Aegar, as he could not understand how someone could be satisfied with such a way of life. The life of a knight was once one of great responsibility and honor, If only Aegar had made sure to impress the importance of such things upon young Iman.

But in this failure, Aegar sees a source of redemption. Throughout the course of this journey, he will try to right the wrongs of his past. And perhaps he can bring Iman back to some semblance of the young friend he once knew.
Nov 7, 2017 9:56 pm
Along the way Raishe decided to cut his hair short, and wear a hood at all times with simple monk vestments over chainmail. The vestments gave him away.

"Hello there brother!" Hailed someone above a stone mound various meters beside the road. "Come and join us by light of fire folks, these are dangerous times with bandits and foul creatures about."

The party had walked hard and far that day, so the invitation to partake in food and hearth by Raishe's brothers in the faith seemed to raise their spirits.

They all stared back at Raishe as if for approval. They knew, they all knew. He had only ventured to tell Barendd and Pageflap, but the rumors had begun to circulate in Katagia before they took their leave. While he hoped that by staying quiet, and speaking little he could fend off any suspicion amongst the rest of his companion the result ended up being the opposite.

Kit began to question why did the cleric not engage in conversations of theology, history or anything at all with him.

Iman had not met a person of the faith that had either fled from him, attempted to convert him or chase him off. Non of which Reishe seemed to be interested in doing.

And Aegar, Aegar just knew. He knew what killing for the first time did to men, and Reishe could have just as well have parchment nailed on his back that read what he was hiding.

He wished nothing more than to sit by those who shared his faith, and his new found companions by am already set fire, and roasting meat, but it was too risky, he wasn't able to make out how many nor what kind of group the pilgrims had, but if by any chance there was a paladin... Maybe they wouldn't recognize him, but sin was easy to smell to these people, and his brief time on the trail with his own group had thought him that he was currently no good at hiding what ailed him, nor who he was.

He lowered his head, and walked down the road as he spoke. "I'm sorry brothers, if we wish to make it to our destination in time we don't have any time to waste. Thank you for your generosity, may the lord richly bless you. I pray that I might return the gesture to you some other time."

"I'm sorry friends." He said in a lower voice to his companions, eyes averting their gaze as he continued walking. There were sighs, there were moans, and those who had their doubts about Reishe had them no more. He was the outlaw priest.
Nov 8, 2017 3:22 am
It has been nearly a decade since I've had to worry about where my next meal was coming from, and my mood was sour. Bitterness at the turn my life had taken, I barely spoke for days. That fate had led me to this point, bereft of friend and no escape from derision. I felt a fool from morn to eve the whole day long over my hasty decision to flee.

I had only known Barendd as a patron of the arts with some connections to less savory characters, but I felt he would be my best chance to escape the fate that befell my uncle. It came as a surprise to me that he was the one who was going to smuggle me out of the city. I had gone to him expecting him to KNOW someone, not expecting him to BE the someone.

As the days trudged along, I began studying the book my uncle had always near at hand. Whenever he was asked about it, he talked of a man who sold his soul for all the knowledge of the world. I had always assumed he was talking about a play he was writing and that this eventual masterpiece was contained within the pages of this tome. That was not the case. Upon opening it, I was struck by the strangeness of the writing, intermingled with my uncle's own notations. It seemed to be a grimoire of more than passing uncanny. I have had some difficulty in the deciphering of its meaning, but I will have it. It does seem, though, that my uncle was the one who had sold his soul. Or at least had made some bargain. That bargain was contained within these pages. I would have the secret soon.

In the meantime, as the days trudged on, I found myself mired in tedium. As we started on our journey, my fame preceeded me, and I found it necessary to call upon my skills with makeup and putty to alter my features, though, often enough, a simple change of stride and dropping or raising my voice an octave or two was enough to fool the casual observer. And, if necessary, I was able to easily call upon the sorcerous skill that is my birthright to quickly change my appearance. But as it became clear that I was no longer a target, I grew emboldened to again entertain. I had had enough of cold gruel around a sputtering campfire, and I would make certain that the six of us would soon have better fare and accomodation.

And I soon saw the means to have it.

At first, I barely paid attention when the others joined the journey. I had thought merely Barendd had hired them as further protection, and I vaguely wondered how I was going to pay for the extra swords. They seemed rough types, and I was determined to keep my distance.

I scarcely knew what to think when the Kenku joined us. I had heard of the bird people. Cursed, human-like, and flightless. Most thought them to be legend. I had certainly never thought to actually meet one! And then I heard him speak. As he told us the tale that led him to us, my mouth hung open. He effortlessly switched from one voice to another and back again. It was flawless! I admit to a certain amount of professional jealousy as I am known far and wide for my talent at mimicry. But this creature! This Pageflap! Though I am loathe to admit it, his skill outstrips my own.

Once my petty feelings subsided, though, I knew what I needed to do. From memory, I taught him a number of plays, giving him the parts to repeat and the voices to repeat them in. Though he had the voice, I could not see him playing the parts to suit me, his appearance too shocking for a simple audience. As I had done in the past, I created an illusion of a second actor. But this time, it could have a voice! The perfect voice!

As I stood on the stage in the backwater, one-inn town we found ourselves in, I began with my line.

"Goats, from a shepherd who stands here, from Lacon, keep away: Sibyrtas owns him; and he stole my goatskin yesterday."

I mentally commanded the image I had summoned to move in response, and the Kenku, who stood to the back of the makeshift stage, let loose with a suitably comical tone, with the predictable murmur of laughter from the crowd.

"Hi! lambs! avoid yon fountain. Have ye not eyes to see
Cometas, him who filched a pipe but two days back from me?"

The second time we enacted The Battle of the Bards, it began as successfully, but Pageflap's hidden position was not as hidden as it should have been. When the audience noticed him, I expected anything but the response we received: more uproarious laughter than I had ever received for the playlet! What a coup! That is until I realized that I was being upstaged by an amateur! Nothing more than a copy! I seethed with jealousy, I am not ashamed to admit. But, then, the showman in me took over and I realized I must turn the part of Cometas over to this strange birdman who was delighting the crowds even to the final line.

"By Pan I will! Snort, all my herd of he-goats: I shall now
O'er Lacon, shepherd as he is, crow ye shall soon see how.
I've won, and I could leap sky-high! Ye also dance and skip,
My horned ewes: in Sybaris' fount to-morrow all shall dip.
Ho! you, sir, with the glossy coat and dangerous crest; you dare
Look at a ewe, till I have slain my lamb, and ill you'll fare.
What! is he at his tricks again? He is, and he will get
(Or my name's not Cometas) a proper pounding yet."

And then it struck me! Between the two of us, Pageflap and I could provide various voices as our comrades paraded on the stage (coupled with an illusion or two, along with the appropriate noises and, sometimes, odors provided by Pageflap's own magical skills). Although Barendd seemed game enough (and became an audience favorite), and Raishe at least appreciated the linguistic legerdemaine involved in crafting a suitable pun, Iman and Aegar seemed a little, shall we say, intense to be crowdpleasers. When an audience isn't sure if they should applaud or avoid eye contact, things can get a little uncomfortable.

And though Barendd was sore disappointed that I refused to let him use his own voice, he was yet thrilled that I cast him in the roll of the King. Less pleased were Aegar and Iman cast as Tidy and the Slut (though I think Aegar hid a smirk at Iman's discomfort in his roll as the slattern who marries a king by a cruel trick of fate). Raishe, for his part, was pleased to remain behind the scenes for these performances, the ribald nature perhaps too saucy for him.

With Pageflap able to provide the voices for the other characters, I was in my full glory as the narrator. Though having fewer lines, the final word is mine, and it never failed to leave the proper impression on the audience as to our lots and how the cruel hand of fate could bring down the mightiest among us. Using illusion to grow my height and darken my countenance, the audience shivered and then roared as I intoned the lesson for those who, mayhaps, overlooked it:

Now that the play is at an end,
By CHANCE you have enjoyed it, friend;
By CHANCE to you his sweet was gall;
By CHANCE you slumbered through it all.
Howe'er it be, it was by CHANCE
The KING was led so merry a dance,
By CHANCE that TIDY met disgrace,
By CHANCE alone SLUT washed her face;
From morn to eve the whole day long
It was by CHANCE that things went wrong.
Wherefore, good friends, t' escape derision,
Be not o'er hasty in your decision,
For he who heedeth not this rule
BY CHANCE HE WILL BE CALLED A FOOL!

In any town, village, or hamlet, it was the rarity that we did not eat and drink our fill and have a warm spot to lay our heads!

It has been a jolly rip, I must admit, and has done much to pass the days.
Last edited November 8, 2017 4:04 am

Len Inactive for 1 months

Nov 8, 2017 4:01 pm
In time, the campfire breaks its spell on the adventurers, and releases them from their reminiscences . The party sets watches and hunkers down for a night's sleep. Sorrow passes over head, illuminating the land in a pale blue light, much to the advantage of those keeping watch.

In the morning, the party breaks camp and returns to the road, an old Arkasian stone causeway wide enough for 4 wagons to ride along side-by-side. It marches steadily north through an old-growth boreal forest known as the Howling Wood towards your destination, the town of Whitesparrow.

You've heard much of the plight of Whitesparrow from your various conversations as you've headed north. It once stood as a proud pillar of the northern towns. Before the Dwarves of the north retreated to their arctic strongholds, Whitesparrow served as an important stop along the supply roads to the mines. Without the mines, traffic has dwindled, and the town has fallen on hard times.

In the last few years, new hope sprung alive for Whitesparrow and surrounding area. Prospectors rediscovered an old Voidwater well near the town, which is a source of a rare alchemical substance coveted by Arkasian alchemists. Money from Katagia began pouring into the region to reestablish the trade route.

However, the future of Whitesparrow now balances on a knife's edge. Ralavaz the Night Blade, a notorious bandit chieftain, has been released from prison. Rumors mark him as having returned to the hideout from which he and his band once operated, and now preys upon the folk of Whitesparrow and the surrounding vale.
The party makes good time along the road through the Howling Wood, your steps perhaps hastened by the titular sounds that occasionally emanate from the forest around you. As the forest grows particularly dense, the branches begin to blot out the sun, shrouding the road in gloom even though it is midday.

The road makes a turn to circumvent a particularly foul-smelling bog. When the road comes about, you see that 60 feet down the road has been blocked by a massive, felled tree. All around you are dense, shadowy woods.

Now I turn the story over to you, brave adventurers. What do you do?
Nov 8, 2017 4:11 pm
Kit barely suppresses a shudder as he attempts to peer through the gloom. In a low but audible voice, he mutters, Dark, dark! The horror of darkness, like a shroud, wraps me and bears me on through mist and cloud.

Len Inactive for 1 months

Nov 8, 2017 4:13 pm
OOC:
In case new players are not sure how to respond here, just tell me what you think your character would do at this moment in time, given the situation. I'll translate that into the system rules, which will probably result in some kind of roll of the dice. For example, moving the log would be an athletics check (roll 1d20 and add your atheltics skill), scanning the dark woods for danger would be a perception skill (roll 1d20 and add your perception skill), and so on.
Nov 8, 2017 4:59 pm
Aegar, out of sheer habit, scans the area for traps or any obvious signs of foul play. thinking to himself Something about this just doesn't feel right. Although, for now, he keeps this thought to himself.
OOC:
Would it benefit me to use dark vision here?

Rolls

Perception Check - (1d20)

(11) = 11

Nov 8, 2017 5:18 pm
Seeing the felled log Barendd grabs a handaxe from off of his belt, and says to the group, "We might as well get this out of the way. I'm not particularly interested in trying to drag the whole thing in one piece, so does anyone else want to help?"
Nov 8, 2017 5:27 pm
Iman proceeds to the log and nudges at it to try to get a good judge of the weight. He wedges the end of his halberd underneath the log and pushes it up like a lever to attempt to roll the log just enough to create a path for the party to walk through.

"Argh, heavy thing. Chopping it to pieces might be our best bet if we cant move it. Im in!
Last edited November 8, 2017 5:31 pm

Rolls

Athletics Check to move log - (1d20+5)

(11) + 5 = 16

Nov 8, 2017 6:06 pm
Thinking that chopping the log up into smaller pieces to move around is an excellent idea, Pageflap hangs back and decided to watch the other, more strength inclined members of the party do just that. As it is now, he is well aware he has no chance of moving the thing. Perhaps once it's in smaller pieces he'll be able to help. Maybe they'll get some firewood out of this?

He doesn't feel to comfortable just sitting back and watching, so he looks around to see if there's a notable place to start chopping. He looks at the tree top to bottom.
OOC:
From top, if visible, to where the tree fell from, if visible.

Rolls

Perception on the tree - (1d20)

(13) = 13

Disadvantage in dim light - (1d20)

(9) = 9

Nov 8, 2017 6:16 pm
Ah there's a good lad Iman, but a halberd is no tool for chopping a log. Borrow one of my handaxes so we can get to work. I myself like to always work smarter and not harder. Let me look around and see where we should put the debris.

Rolls

Perception for area off path to see where we should put stuff - (1d20+3)

(4) + 3 = 7

advantage on perception with darkvision - (1d20+3)

(2) + 3 = 5

Nov 8, 2017 6:30 pm
Kit, still staring at the dimly lit woods with trepidation, suddenly realizes he's standing by himself as everyone has walked up to address the log problem. Deciding it would be prudent to stick close to his burly Dwarven friend, he walks around the log to Barendd, helping him inspect the area.
OOC:
Retroactively giving Barendd the Help action to justify that 2 he rolled ;) (if that's cool with you, Len.)
Nov 8, 2017 6:33 pm
Frustrated at his inability to see clearly, Kit casts Dancing Lights, keeping each of the four lights within 20' of each other, but spreading them around in enough of an area to light up the fallen log.

Len Inactive for 1 months

Nov 8, 2017 6:40 pm
Aegar studies the area for signs of foul play, but nothing obvious stands out to his senses. Iman approaches the log and gets some leverage with his halberd, but the log is just too heavy. Barendd and Pageflap examine the log for weaknesses, and see that the impact of falling on the stone road has splintered the log near the middle, making an ideal place to start chopping.

As Kit brings the magical lights to bear, six shadowy figures emerge from the dense foliage. Two stride along the top of the log, armed with crossbows. The other four emerge, shortswords drawn, from well-concealed positions on either side of the road about 20 feet from the log. All six are dressed in identical black cloaks stitched with cobalt dagger emblems, and wear grim expressions.

One of the bandits on the log yells out to you in a gruff, worn voice: "Your weapons and belongings! Drop them to the ground, and in the name of the Night Blades, we’ll spare your lives!"
[ +- ] Portrait of the bandit who spoke
OOC:
Feel free to state where your character ended up in relation to the log. Iman is definitely at the log itself, but you can decide to be anywhere from zero to sixty feet from the log. I'll assume your character is at the log with Iman if you don't state otherwise.
Nov 8, 2017 6:50 pm
OOC:
Should we wait for the edit?

Len Inactive for 1 months

Nov 8, 2017 7:00 pm
Starrbeardo says:
Should we wait for the edit?
Edit complete, I believe.
Nov 8, 2017 7:06 pm
Barendd makes careful effort to look at his already drawn handaxe and then to the bandit who spoke, Oh hello friends. Trust me when I say that I know how serious you are. Please believe me when I say that this is not the group, and I am not the Dwarf for you to ply your trade upon. I am Barendd Dankill and I promise you my possessions will stay mine.
OOC:
Oops intimidation should be +2 not +3
Last edited November 8, 2017 7:19 pm

Rolls

Intimidation - (1d20+3)

(15) + 3 = 18

Nov 8, 2017 7:17 pm
Trying to keep an eye on as many of the bandits as possible, Pageflap begins to focus on the orb atop his staff. Memorizing the noise he needs to produce and the actions he needs to take, he begins to ready his Mage Armor spell, preparing it in case the bandits begin to advance upon them with ill intent.
OOC:
Pageflap's about 10ft away from the center of the log.
Last edited November 8, 2017 7:22 pm
Nov 8, 2017 7:21 pm
OOC:
Kit was standing next to Barendd when he cast Dancing Lights, so he'll just kind of ease in behind the Dwarf. Scootching in there casual-like but, you know, not too casual.
Nov 8, 2017 7:26 pm
Iman lifted his halberd and took an intimidating stance towards the bandit who spoke, preparing himself for whatever response the scoundrels would bring.
OOC:
Sorry, messed up the roll, should have been +3, but still pretty bad lol
Last edited November 8, 2017 7:30 pm

Rolls

Intimidation - (1d20+5)

(2) + 5 = 7

Nov 8, 2017 7:26 pm
Aegar hastily readies his longbow and takes aim at the bandit who spoke, shouting back Oi! You best get off that log and be on your way before you catch a splinter or two.
OOC:
Aegar is standing about 30 ft away from the log, while feeling uneasy about the fallen log he opted to supervise and keep watch over the others while they chopped the log up

Rolls

Intimidation - (1d20+2)

(6) + 2 = 8

Nov 8, 2017 10:22 pm
OOC:
Raishe stands five feet or so behind Barendd and the log since he didn't have anything to chop with.
He directs himself to the "leader" of the bandits as well.
"I'd be remiss if I did not counsel you to heed the Dwarf's sound advice. There need be no violence today."
Last edited November 8, 2017 10:30 pm

Rolls

Intimidation - (1d20+1)

(8) + 1 = 9

Len Inactive for 1 months

Nov 9, 2017 4:37 am
As Barendd announces his intentions, the four Night Blades on your side of the log exchange nervous glances.

As the other party members offer further contemptuous remarks, one of the bandits - a woman by the sounds of it - calls to the others:

"Ain't they s'posed to have a wagon? That's why we spent all mornin' choppin' down that damn tree."

The Night Cloaks look to the man on the log, who shrugs.

"We might have a case of mistaken identity, but it don't change much. What do you think the Night Lord will do to you if you show up empty handed again?"

The threat of this so-called Night Lord seems to galvanize the bandits somewhat. Then, the leader continues, gesturing to Barendd.

"So are we gonna do this the easy way or the hard way?"
Nov 9, 2017 5:15 am
Quietly to Kit Whelp buddy, things seem to be going a little sideways
To the Bandits Well friends I'm not sure this will be easy, but rest assured, from one criminal to another, you will be lucky to have hands attached to you to bring back to this "Night Lord" empty or otherwise.
Barendd then throws one of his handaxes at the bandit speaking to me aiming at his torso/ center of mass.

Rolls

Ranged attack with a single handaxe - (1d20+5)

(15) + 5 = 20

Damage if attack is successful - (1d6+3)

(6) + 3 = 9

Nov 9, 2017 5:35 am
Aegar stiffens with the violence now erupting before him. Suddenly his mind is overtaken by visions of fires, people fleeing and then falling limp, and finally a woman and young girl on the floor dead. Aegar snaps back to reality, and a deep rage now burns within him. AHHHHHHHHHH a loud battle cry bellowed from his lips as he switches his target to the other bandit atop the log and loosed an arrow.
Last edited November 9, 2017 5:38 am

Rolls

Ranged Longbow Attack - (1d20+4)

(9) + 4 = 13

Damage (if success) - (1d8)

(2) = 2

Len Inactive for 1 months

Nov 9, 2017 6:33 am
OOC:
Ah, our first combat has begun! We roll initiative before attacks to determines who gets to act first. In PbP games, I usually roll initiative for everyone. Rather than logging in and seeing my DM say "roll initiative" and then waiting a day or more as everyone rolls initiative, I'd rather log in and see the initiative order all laid out and get to start attacking and slinging spells right off the bat.

My next post will have the initiative order laid out. You will either go before the bandits or after the bandits. Characters that go before the bandits can take their turn in any order, followed by the bandits' turns, followed by the characters that go after the bandits in any order.
This isn't how regular D&D initiative works, but this simplification makes combat a lot smoother in this asynchronous medium.

You can choose to keep your attack rolls and actions that you already rolled, or redo it once initiative is set.

Pageflap, feel free to cast MageArmor while everyone was drawing weapons (before combat started).

Len Inactive for 1 months

Nov 9, 2017 6:39 am
ROUND 1
INITIATIVE ORDER

1. Barendd (at log), Iman (at log)
2. Two Bandits on Log
3. Four Bandits 20 feet from log
4. Aegar (30ft from log), Kit (at log), Pageflap (10ft from log), Raishe (5ft from log)
BATTLE FEATURES: Make use of these features narratively. If you do something cool with the features I might grant inspiration or a one-time advantage. Monsters can also make use of these features. For example, you don't have to ask me if there is cover available - just say you take cover in the shadowy roadside foliage.

1. Massive log roadblock*
2. Shadowy roadside foliage**
3. Crumbling stone road

* To climb will require DC 10 Athletics skill check. If you fail, you use up your turn's movement.
** Considered dim light once inside, and can provide up to half cover (+2 to AC and Dex saving throws). Also counts as difficult terrain (movement costs x2)

Rolls

Initiative for Iman, Pageflap, Kit, Raishe, Barendd, Aegar - (1d20+2, 1d20+3, 1d20+3, 1d20-1, 1d20+2, 1d20+2)

1d20+2 : (19) + 2 = 21

1d20+3 : (3) + 3 = 6

1d20+3 : (3) + 3 = 6

1d20-1 : (2) - 1 = 1

1d20+2 : (13) + 2 = 15

1d20+2 : (10) + 2 = 12

Initiative for Bandits - (1d20+1)

(13) + 1 = 14

Len Inactive for 1 months

Nov 9, 2017 6:56 am
OOC:
Starrbeardo, I'm assuming you want that roll to stand :)
Barendd tosses his handaxe and it finds its mark in the bandit leader's shoulder. He reals backward, letting out a painful scream and a spray of blood. He manages to stay on his feet despite the grevious wound.
OOC:
Iman, your turn.
Nov 9, 2017 12:16 pm
"HAHAHAAAA", Iman laughs in excitement. "You scoundrels won't be getting the best of me this time!"

Iman enters a battle rage and lets out a ferocious battle cry as he charges 15 feet towards the 2 bandits at one side.
OOC:
If the path beyond the log was leading North, Iman charged towards the 2 bandits on the west.


Iman clenches his halberd and swings it towards the side of the torso to first bandit in reach.
Last edited November 9, 2017 12:27 pm

Rolls

Melee attack with halberd - (1d20+5)

(9) + 5 = 14

Damge if hit while in rage - (1d10+5)

(2) + 5 = 7

Len Inactive for 1 months

Nov 9, 2017 4:24 pm
The bandit Iman chooses freezes up as the huge barbarian savagely charges him. Iman's halberd leaves a deep gash, and the bandit cries out in pain.

The bandits spring into action. Each bandit squares off with one of the party members. The leader aims a bolt at Barendd's head, and the other crossbowman fires at Aegar. The remaining bandits find a partner to attack.

Cursing, the leader spits blood at Barendd and screams "You'll pay for that!" and lets the bolt fly, striking him square in the chest (16 piercing damage).

The other bandit on the log fires at Aegar but his bolt flies wide.

Iman's target retaliates with a strike of his own, screaming "You fucking cut me!?" and stabs at him with a short sword (you can take an attack of opportunity if you like as he approaches as per your Polearm Master feat. If you kill him, you will negate this attack and we'll retcon it as if it never happened. Otherwise you'll take 6 slashing damage)

The female bandit takes on Pageflap, but her swings seems more designed to ward Pageflap away than to hit home (a miss).

Another runs up to Kit, spinning his shortsword with flourish and style. He feints high but scores a blow low, knicking Kit's leg (2 slashing damage).

The final bandit squares off with Raishe, but is clearly bothered by the fact he is a holy man. He whispers "Dreadfully sorry about all this" before giving a half-hearted attack (miss).

Rolls

Bandit Crossbow Attacks - (1d20+3, 1d20+3)

1d20+3 : (20) + 3 = 23

1d20+3 : (5) + 3 = 8

Bandit Shortsword Attacks - (1d20+3, 1d20+3, 1d20+3, 1d20+3)

1d20+3 : (17) + 3 = 20

1d20+3 : (6) + 3 = 9

1d20+3 : (15) + 3 = 18

1d20+3 : (8) + 3 = 11

Crit on Barendd - (2d8+1)

(78) + 1 = 16

Damage on Iman (if opp attack doesn't kill bandit) - (1d6+1)

(5) + 1 = 6

Shortsword damage on Kit - (1d6+1)

(1) + 1 = 2

Nov 9, 2017 4:45 pm
Iman, after gashing the enemy, notices the raised shortsword coming his way in retaliation. Iman reacts. With the weight of the polearm still in swinging motion he follows it through with a spin to make an attack of opportunity.

Rolls

Attack of Opportunity on injured Bandit - (1d20+5)

(15) + 5 = 20

Damage if hit - (1d10+5)

(1) + 5 = 6

Nov 9, 2017 5:06 pm
As hostilities rise and violence seems imminent, Kit swallows visibly, but stands his ground next to Barendd.

In his best theatrical voice, he intones:
And you in ruff of your opinions clothed;
What had you got? I'll tell you: you had taught
How insolence and strong hand should prevail,
How order should be quelled; and by this pattern
Not one of you should live an aged man,
For other ruffians, as their fancies wrought,
With self same hand, self reasons, and self right,
Would shark on you, and men like ravenous fishes
Would feed on one another....


His eyes widen as a crossbow bolt hits Barendd square in the chest and the burly Dwarf falls to the ground. He turns back just in time to avoid the full brunt of a shortsword, but still taking a good nick. His mouth drops open.

And he runs, screaming, into the bushes.
OOC:
Kit disengages as his action, then runs as far as he can into the bushes.
EDIT:
OOC:
The lights stay on.
Last edited November 9, 2017 5:06 pm

Rolls

Con save to keep concentration on Dancing Lights - (1d20)

(15) = 15

Nov 9, 2017 5:32 pm
Aegar see's his friend fall and knows what he must do. As a crossbow bolt whizzes past him, Aegar enters an all out run to help cover Barrendd. As he runs he pulls his battle ax out and wields it in his right hand. Using the momentum from his run, Aegar strikes at the bandit's feet hoping to cleave him in twain.

Rolls

Battle Ax Melee Attack - (1d20+2)

(10) + 2 = 12

Damage (If Success) - (1d8+2)

(4) + 2 = 6

Nov 9, 2017 5:50 pm
Pageflap clamped down on the bit of panic that was crawling up his spine, it had been about three or so years since he'd been in a fight. He had to remind himself that these bandits probably weren't anywhere near the level those adventurers were at. Then the dwarf was knocked out and he had to push down on his panic again once Kit ran into the woods.

The woman in front of him didn't seem reluctant, but she was still trying to ward him off. Did she maybe notice him cast Mage Armor while everyone was drawing weapons? She was probably a smart one, keeping him too close for him to fling a fireball, so instead he rushes at her. His beak opens to the crackling sound of static, talons shaping his magic as he reaches at her with his Shocking Grasp, hopefully paralyzing her long enough for him to made a dash for cover.
OOC:
I'm pretty sure I get a +5 to my attack bonus, but don't know if I need to add anything to damage if hit.

Rolls

Shocking Grasp attempt - (1d20+5)

(1) + 5 = 6

Damage if hit - (1d8)

(5) = 5

Nov 9, 2017 8:28 pm
Almost immediately it becomes apparent that this was a bad idea. Any attempt to get close to her and she swipes with that sword of hers! Awkwardly trying to reach around, he figures it is a lost cause and the elemental lightning fizzles from his talons. Figuring that she is going to attack him anyways, Pageflap looks towards the foliage covering the sides of the road and decides to take a chance and make a break for it, hoping his Mage Armor protects him in his attempt.
Nov 9, 2017 10:19 pm
Raishe is stunned by the attack, but upon seeing Barendd pierced by the crossbow bolt he instinctively says a prayer for Barendd.
Remembering the bandit in front of him Raishe takes a swing at him, and retorts, "That makes two of us. "
OOC:
I believe this is the roll, but it's my first time casting a spell. :S Let me know. Oh! Sorry! I believe I forgot to add a +2 because I have the life domain
Last edited November 10, 2017 2:09 am

Rolls

Cast Healing Word - (1d4+5)

(2) + 5 = 7

Melee atack with mace. - (1d20+4)

(20) + 4 = 24

Damage if hit. - (1d6+2)

(6) + 2 = 8

Nov 10, 2017 1:01 am
OOC:
It's +6 total. +3 for the spell itself (add your ability score mod), +2 +the spell level for life domain, for a total heal of 8. Also, Healing Word is a Bonus Action, so you still have an Action you can use to attack with your mace.
Nov 10, 2017 3:47 am
OOC:
@Ramen: You would also be able to cast a cantrip. Since you're 5' from the log, you could move next to it and cast Hand of Radiance, catching the two bandits on the log.
Last edited November 10, 2017 3:48 am

Len Inactive for 1 months

Nov 10, 2017 4:26 am
OOC:
@Ramen: looks like you rolled a "natural 20" on your attack roll, also known as a "critical hit" or just "crit." Congrats! This represents a particularly effective or brutal strike, which means it auto-hits any armor class and you get to roll the damage dice for you attack again (in your case 1d6) and add that to the total damage. You don't add your +2 again, however.

i'm going to go ahead and roll that damage dice now so I can start the round again.

Rolls

crit damage die - (1d6)

(6) = 6

Nov 10, 2017 5:13 am
OOC:
Heh. I missed his attack when I talked about casting a cantrip. That happens sometimes when someone edits a post. I don't get an email alert and don't realize anything was added.

Len Inactive for 1 months

Nov 10, 2017 6:58 am
Iman intercepts the advancing bandit and catches him unawares, delivering a mortal wound.
OOC:
Iman won't take that 6 damage now
Pageflap's fizzled lightning confuses the woman. She's tempted to just let the funny bird man go; he seems pretty harmless and there are plenty of people with sharp metal swinging about. She turns her back on Pageflap to face the remaining combatants.

Barendd feels the warm glow of divine magic and wakes up, the offending bolt now lying on the ground beside you. His wound has miraculously healed, although he still looks pale.

Kit makes it past the edge of the forest and ducks into the brush. As he pushes through the dense foliage, a loud howl erupts in the distance, maybe 200 or 300 feet away. It sounds like a wolf's howl, but with sickening undertones of a child's cry.

Aegar swings at the feet of the bandit leader on the log, but the disadvantage of fighting from the low ground gives the leader enough time to sidestep the attack as he loads his crossbow for another attack.

Raishe simultaneously brings Barendd back from the edge, and then drops the bandit in front of him into the mud with a single, well-placed swing of his trusty mace.
Nov 10, 2017 7:02 am
OOC:
would I be considered prone, also am I considered to be engaged with anyone?

Len Inactive for 1 months

Nov 10, 2017 7:21 am
ROUND 2
INITIATIVE ORDER

1. Barendd (at log, Prone), Iman (at log)
2. Leader Bandit (on log), Crossbow Bandit (on log)
3. Bandit who attacked Kit (at log), Bandit who attack Pageflap (10ft from log)
4. Aegar (at log), Kit (in bushes, Half Cover), Pageflap (in bushes, Half Cover), Raishe (at log)
BATTLE FEATURES: Make use of these features narratively. If you do something cool with the features I might grant inspiration or a one-time advantage. Monsters can also make use of these features. For example, you don't have to ask me if there is cover available - just say you take cover in the shadowy roadside foliage.

1. Massive log roadblock*
2. Shadowy roadside foliage**
3. Crumbling stone road

* To climb will require DC 10 Athletics skill check. If you fail, you use up your turn's movement.
** Considered dim light once inside, and can provide up to half cover (+2 to AC and Dex saving throws). Also counts as difficult terrain (movement costs x2)

Len Inactive for 1 months

Nov 10, 2017 7:23 am
Starrbeardo says:
would I be considered prone, also am I considered to be engaged with anyone?
Yes you are prone. You probably have some space now and are considered not engaged.
Nov 10, 2017 1:06 pm
McDunno sent a note to lenpelletier
Nov 10, 2017 1:09 pm
Iman, with eyes now fully clouded in white (still in rage), turns toward the massive log roadblock and locks in on the crossbow wielding bandit on the left.
OOC:
Im assuming the leader is on the right, if wrong, my intent is to attack the bandit opposite the leader
"RAAHH!!", Iman roared.
Iman gets a running start to try to jump and scale the massive log.

After managing his way up the roadblock, Iman readies his weapon to make a full thrust towards the bandit and will attempt to flip his halberd and take a bonus action to bludgeon the bandit with the end of his polearm.

"YOU'RE NEXT", Iman shouted to the bandit.
Last edited November 10, 2017 1:19 pm

Rolls

1st Athletics Check (rage advantage) - (1d20+5)

(8) + 5 = 13

2nd Athletics Check (rage advantage) - (1d20+5)

(2) + 5 = 7

Thrusting attack towards bandit on top of log - (1d20+5)

(4) + 5 = 9

damage if hit with attack roll - (1d10+5)

(9) + 5 = 14

damage if hit with bonus action (polearm feat) - (1d4+5)

(3) + 5 = 8

Nov 10, 2017 3:20 pm
Barendd opens his eyes and immediately waves of confusion rush over him. How did he end up on his back is his main question followed by what's with this hole in armor and why does my chest feel like it's holding a hot coal? This suddenly gives way to immediate and intense anger as he realizes there is fighting afoot. The bandit he had axed and a friend of his seems to be rather preoccupied on top of the log with Iman who's anger can be felt in the air. No matter the outcome it seems that our group of merry men will be having a conversation afterwards so that Barendd can have the pieces filled in for him. He rises to his feet, drawing his scimitar in his right hand as he had somehow managed to hold on to his second handaxe in his left. The most prudent action seemed to lash out at the bandit nearest to him. Seems we're in the thick of it now, eh boys? Barendd says quite generally whether to bolster he and his friends or alert the bandits that they're night would be anything but easy, the overall message was clear. He's back in the fray and quite happy to be so.
OOC:
This attack is aimed at the bandit at the log, I presume it's the one who attacked Kit.
Barennd takes a huge swing with his handaxe, aiming at the bandit's sword arm, hoping to either remove it or pin it to the log they are both standing at. Using his momentum to follow through the attack he sweeps around with his scimitar for a second attack on the bandit who made the mistake of staying too close to Barennd. This time he aims for the torso just below the ribcage, hoping for a deep slash in the vital organs.

Rolls

Attack with handaxe - (1d20+5)

(1) + 5 = 6

second attack with scimitar - (1d20+5)

(1) + 5 = 6

Damage with handaxe if successful - (1d6+3)

(1) + 3 = 4

damage with scimitar if successful - (1d6+3)

(6) + 3 = 9

Len Inactive for 1 months

Nov 10, 2017 3:22 pm
Len sent a note to McDunno

Len Inactive for 1 months

Nov 10, 2017 3:29 pm
OOC:
Wow, double 1's! What horrible luck, Starrbeardo! But hey, in D&D this can be even more fun than a crit. It is common practice (but entirely optional) when somebody rolls a 1 or a 20 to add on some extra narrative spice to their attacks. A crit fail can be a chance to inject some humour in the game or to play up your personality/bonds/flaws.

If this was an IRL game, I'd definitely melt down those dice, or set up some serious dice shaming punishment!.

Len Inactive for 1 months

Nov 10, 2017 3:41 pm
Iman dispatches the crossbowman on the log, and turns to the bandit leader, who is bleeding profusely at the shoulder. The leader lets his crossbow fall as he puts his hands in the air and backs away slowly from Iman.

"Easy now. The reward to bring us in alive is twice as high as brining us in dead. Killing us is like throwing gold down the pisser."

The other bandits see their leader surrender, their numbers cut in half in a matter of seconds, and a minor miracle performed. They don't hesitate to let their weapons fall to the ground.
Nov 10, 2017 3:47 pm
Oh for fuck's sake Barendd realizes that it's great to have a plan but his anger spurred him on to try and get fancy which was as useless as suggesting Aegar take it easy on the ale at the old Chugging Chasm on a work night. His beloved hand axes were now no longer in his hands or at his side as one still seemed to be stuck in a bandit's shoulder and now one was definitely stuck in the damnable log. His attempts to follow through led to him attacking the log again, this time with his scimitar. Had the log been his for his entrails would be strewn about the path. As it was a log and logs have no known guts to Barendd the only thing he knew was he had some how managed to get back in the fight only to do fuck all. After this he and Aegar were going to have to get good and hammered. He also wondered what his party thought, seeing this ridiculous display. Hoping that he wouldn't have to explain that this was not in fact his first rodeo.
Nov 10, 2017 5:48 pm
Things seem to have gone well enough, it seems. He wasn't expecting the fight to end as soon as he jumped into the bushes, but that is indeed what had happened. It is a little embarrassing, but it has been a few years since he fought other than that time when he and Raishe snuck around the bandits. Maybe he could make it look like he did this on purpose?

"Kit Marlowe," he called to the party in Kit's own flamboyant voice. This was juxtaposed by him then using Kit's terrified scream as he points deeper into the woods. He also mimicked those strange howls he heard in that direction, waving his staff like a club. Having told them he plans on going to look for him and there might be a bit of danger, he pauses for a bit, body language a little hesitant to ask if anyone else wants to accompany him?

Iman and Raishe should probably stay behind, he had plenty of time traveling with Raishe to know he had a very good swinging arm, as he saw a month back. And Iman seemed to somehow be able to cast Blade Barrier without the magic so the two of them may be enough to keep the rest of the bandits from acting up. Barendd still has some degree of injury, and Pageflap does not know how long it is that he's been fighting. For all he knew this could have been his first fight! Though he did a number on the leader with that first axe throw....

Aegar could probably help him search better. He's pretty sure those pointy ears mean something elfy, so he can probably see in the dark. He keeps his gaze on him for a bit before wondering if maybe Aegar can help the party if the bandits get brave. Finally turning, he heads into the woods, pulling a torch out of his backpack. Best to keep it on hand in case they need a light, but whatever it was that was howling may see them better, so Pageflap opted to keep his prestidigitation spell on hold for a while longer.
OOC:
Had a bit more time so I edited some stuff in.
Last edited November 10, 2017 6:28 pm
Nov 10, 2017 5:58 pm
Aegar laughed as he watched Barrendd yank his weapons from the log. Barendd! You felled the beast! That log will harm us no longer! Aegar joked as he shifted his battle ax to left hand. Now, what are we to do these here hoods? Aegar says thinking aloud, quickly he takes off his backpack and pulls out 50ft of Hempen rope. Using his battle ax he chops some of the rope into the 5ft segments, and puts the rest back in his pack before returning it to his back. Iman! Take this and tie up that smart mouth next to you! Aegar tosses a segment rope up to Iman before hearing a strange noise off to his side. The Kenku (whom everyone had been referring to as Pageflap) was trying to alert the group that the actor of their group Kit Marlowe had gone off running in fear into the woods.

Aegar sighed and realized that he was the only one whom would be of any real assistance in tracking their lost compatriot. Barendd, when you're finished fighting that log use this rope to tie up those other 2 bandits. They may be of some use to us. Aegar tossed the rope next to Barendd and quickly made off after Pageflap, who was already heading off into the woods.
Last edited November 10, 2017 6:03 pm

Len Inactive for 1 months

Nov 10, 2017 6:13 pm
OOC:
@TheDaykinator: Pageflap would have heard the howl as well, no need to roll perception.
Nov 10, 2017 6:36 pm
Hearing the weird howling, Kit jumps out of the bushes, looking back quickly. He turns back to the battle, only to see a newly risen Barendd seemingly accepting the surrender of the bandits. Cautiously approaching the log, lest the battle erupt again, he quickly runs his hands over his clothes, dirt and debris from the bushes disappearing and the wrinkles smoothing out. Well, he says, clearing his throat. Good show, chaps. Glad I was able to get out of the way so you could have room to vanquish these fiends. He pauses as he surveys the situation. But, uh, what do you propose we do with them? He glances back toward the woods. And can we, uh, make that decision somewhere else? I think these ruffians are not the only danger in these woods.

Casting Prestidigitation to clean Kit's clothes.
Nov 10, 2017 6:39 pm
Tsch, so we're letting them live, eh? Iman catches the rope as he kicks the dropped crossbow to the other side of the log. Grabbing the bandit leader by his injured shoulder, Iman slams him face down, begins to tie his wrists behind his back, then kicks him off the log towards Barendd.

After making his way down the log, Iman hands Barendd the handaxe that initiated this battle.
Who are these guys?
Last edited November 10, 2017 6:43 pm
Nov 10, 2017 6:42 pm
Seeing Barendd standing brought a smile to Raishe's face.

He grabs a piece of rope from what Aegar left behind, and tied the arms of the bandit at his feet as well.
"No hard feelings, I forgive you lad." Whispers Raishe as he touches the bandit's forehead.
OOC:
Raishe casts "Spare the Dying on the bandit."
Last edited November 10, 2017 6:43 pm
Nov 10, 2017 6:59 pm
Seeing Kit hop out of the bushes just as he was crossing the treeline, Aegar stopped and hollered into the wood Paegflap! Its okay, Kit is over here! Come Back!. He strolls over to the nearest dead bandit and pokes at him with his foot. Didn't put up much of a fight now did he? If you other hoods don't want to reach the same fate, you best start telling us whats going on here. Aegar says this loud enough for all the bandits to here, and as speaks he swings his battle-ax (as if practicing for an execution)

Rolls

Intimidation check - (1d20+2)

(9) + 2 = 11

Nov 10, 2017 7:12 pm
Starrbeardo sent a note to lenpelletier

Len Inactive for 1 months

Nov 10, 2017 7:38 pm
The bandits see Raishe work his magic on their downed comrade, watch his breathing level out and his expression turned from pained to peaceful. It's clear they haven't seen much divine magic in their lifetime.

The leader responds to the question from his face down position on the log. His voice is tinged with pain, and it is clearly a bit of an effort to speak.

"Not sure what to say, really. We was robbin' you, plain as that, though I prefer the term 'aggressive fundraising.' Nothing personal. We meant what we said that we didn't want to do you harm if you dropped your things, and we thank you kindly for accepting our surrender."

He looks nervously over to the dead body of his colleague on the log.

Len sent a note to Starrbeardo
Nov 10, 2017 8:13 pm
Barendd collects his various accouterments, placing his axes back at his side, and sheathing his scimitar. He takes special care to grab the bolt he was shot with, placing it into his pack. He tied up his assigned bandit. Barendd then walks up to the bandit who shot him, staring intensely, almost menacingly. Then a smile breaks out on his bearded face. Well people have to eat I suppose, and that was a hell of a shot. I told you this was the wrong group. Turnabout is fair play I suppose. Barennd the tears off the symbol the bandit wears saying, "This should make a good tattoo." He then turns his attention to Aegar, "You old lout have your fun and make your jokes now, when we find a tavern, we'll be playing some knuckley dice. You know, the drinking game I've never lost and you've never won." To the group at large. Well gents, now that I'm done embarrassing myself, I suggest we either set up camp or continue on to town, either way our new acquaintances made mention of some sort of reward, so we may want to bring them along. At any rate they wanted our belongings,
but if any of theirs were to suddenly become yours then there would be no harm. They'll soon be incarcerated, and this definitely falls in line with the life they lead.
With that Barendd starts to rummage through the head bandits belongings, make care to not aggrevate the axe wound. No need to add injury to insult.
OOC:
What should I roll for this?

Len Inactive for 1 months

Nov 10, 2017 8:43 pm
OOC:
If you're just rummaging through their backpacks are pockets, then rolling is not necessary. If you were concerned with finding, say, a secret compartments in their boots and whatnot, you'd have to strip them down and take the time to do that, and then roll a perception check.


The following possessions are readily found on the bandits:

6 shortswords
6 black cloaks, 5 of which are emblazoned with the cobalt dagger symbol (Barendd has the 6th symbol)
2 Light Crossbows
22 Crossbow Bolts
2 Quivers
53 copper pieces between the lot of them
1 moldy block of cheese

Rolls

Copper Pieces - (10d10)

(3526477469) = 53

Nov 10, 2017 9:11 pm
"Heading into town sounds good, we can turn these fine folk in once there."
Raishe raises the somewhat unconscious bandit in order to assist his walking back into town. As he does this he realizes the irony of the situation. "I should be turned in" , he thinks.
Last edited November 10, 2017 9:44 pm
Nov 10, 2017 10:34 pm
What of this roadblock then? Did anyone of you guys see a way around?
Nov 11, 2017 1:03 am
Well last time I tried to do anything with the log I got ambushed and shot, maybe we should just go over it.
Nov 11, 2017 1:10 am
One could always go around.
Nov 11, 2017 1:55 am
I believe going around may be the faster option, with our new captives in tow. Aegar walks over and helps the bandit who Iman shoved off the log to his feet. You spoke of a reward for your capture, Who is it that is offering this reward? And where might we find them?
Last edited November 11, 2017 1:58 am
Nov 11, 2017 2:03 am
"We should have just killed them off", Iman mutters to himself.
"Ill take this one myself. Shall we get going around then?"
Nov 11, 2017 2:08 am
wait, is the reward worth enough to justify the effort to bring them with us for a time? I mean we COULD kill them. I mean I almost died, it seems just... Just Kidding, technically they're my people. At least the past me.
Nov 11, 2017 2:32 am
Pageflap walks over to the log and pats a section that he noticed earlier, drawing attention to it.
lenpelletier says:
The impact of falling on the stone road has splintered the log near the middle, making an ideal place to start chopping.
He mimics the sound of chopping wood then speeds it up a bit, noting that if they could go through it this would be the fastest point to try. Pointing at the ends of the log that go deeper into the woods, Pageflap repeats the howling sound to remind them of danger.

He pauses and cocks his head to the side, before using Prestidigitation to make a small illusion of a flame appear on his talon. The sound of a campfire fills the air as Pageflap suggests maybe burning the weak section, looking around at the surrounding foliage to assess the risk of a forest fire.
Nov 11, 2017 2:35 am
"Smarter not harder. Great idea Pageflap. Any objections team
Nov 11, 2017 2:37 am
Aegar pulls 2 handaxes out of his pack Lets do it, anyone need an axe? I have a spare
Nov 11, 2017 2:51 am
None, here. Light it up Crow, but don’t go burning us all up!
Nov 11, 2017 3:26 am
Deciding to be careful about this, Pageflap pulls out his waterskin and gestures for everyone else to do the same. Telling them through the sound of a splash and a fire being smothered that this is a just in case the fire starts spreading thing, he also points to Kit and says "Prestidigitation" before snuffing the illusory fire out. The six gallons of water and the magical ability to snuff campfires should be enough from keeping them safe, and Iman has been excellent at finding fresh water for all six of them to drink.

Once the bandits are away from the log, Pageflaps speaks the sound of a match being lit, and at the wave of his talons a Fire Bolt gets launched at the log's weak point. Some Prestidigitation keeps the fire from spreading and more fire bolts cover a larger area of the weak point.

Rather than relight the sections that run out of fire on their own, Pageflap opts to leave those to the axe wielders. The blackened wood is weak enough for the axes to pretty much shave off.
OOC:
Feel free to tell me if there's anything I need to roll for this.
Last edited November 11, 2017 3:43 am
Nov 11, 2017 6:54 am
As Pageflap works his magic, Barendd eyes the loot from the bandits and sees little value in the the shortswords, but thinks that a quiver and crossbow bolts can always be useful. Knowing Raishe and Kit both have crossbows, and that he feels more comfortable in close combat he says, "Oy Raishe and Kit you might have more use for these quivers and bolts than I, though I'm happy to take some myself if one of you don't feel like taking them." The rest of the gents seem like they wouldn't necessarily gain much with a shortsword. Old habits die hard so he scoops up the coppers, figuring that if anyone mentions them he'd be more than happy to split them, though if they don't mention them, why bring it to their attention? "Also everyone could probably use a black cloak, I'll take the one missing it's symbol, but one can always use dark clothing to move around more freely in the night. Having a known symbol of a criminal organization is always helpful as well." The cheese seemed best left to it's own devices.
Nov 11, 2017 3:17 pm
Kit eyes the cloaks for a moment, thoughtful. These may well do for a rousing performance. A re-enactment of a scene of treachery and villainy from coarse ruffians. He turns the one he is holding over in his hand, eyeing the symbol. Mayhaps less wise to wear a bandit's symbol in public, though.
Starrbeardo says:
Knowing Raishe and Kit both have crossbows . . .
OOC:
Actually, I should have removed the crossbow from my equipment list. Even though it's part of the starting equipment, I think that assumes the character is setting out to be an adventurer. I can't think of any reason Kit would have had any sort of combat training, especially with a crossbow. I think you can justify the dagger. Most people probably wouldn't muck about without at least a little showing of being able to protect themselves. This encounter may encourage Kit to think about magic that could help in a fight, but that won't be until next level when he gains a spell.

Len Inactive for 1 months

Nov 11, 2017 5:34 pm
You hack and burn through the roadblock, making relatively short work of the log and clearing the road for travel once more. The howling seems to have stopped for the time being.

You march your forlorn bandit prisoners north, toward Whitesparrow. After several hours, the forest gives way to farmland. Instead of peaceful pastoral scenes, however, you encounter mile after mile of fallow land and abandoned homesteads, some burned to the ground, others on the verge of collapse.

Eventually you round a hill and the town itself comes into view. An old keep overlooks this village that was once home to 500, banners conspicuously missing from its battlements.

After the keep, a great hand carved of black stone is Whitesparrow's second-most-visible landmark, rising up at the center of the village with its thumb and five fingers splayed out. The area around the hand is a great dig, where someone has appeared to have tried and failed to excavate whatever is underneath.

An open-air temple, a two-story inn stand, and an outfitter's shop are among two dozen other buildings, some which have been boarded up. Standing farmhouses and broad fields of crops ready for harvest surround the neighbouring hillsides. The smells of productive agriculture mingled with rotting autumn leaves fill the air.

The sun is low in the sky and supper hour fast approaches. How would you like to proceed?
Nov 11, 2017 7:01 pm
Aegar and I have a drinking game that we'll need to be playing after our performances earlier. Anyone else is welcome to join, though neither he nor I are known to sip our beverages. Before that though there's business to be dealt with and hopefully coin to fund our game. I believe some type of reward was offered for our new friends? Specifically one for keeping them alive that is more lucrative than killing them outright? Is my memory correct Bandits? Is there a place that will pay us more for bringing you there alive, and if so where is it? Or would it be better for us to kill you all and stack you behind the Inn as we drink?
OOC:
With the crit fail this will be what Barendd intended to say what he actually said will be below
Last edited November 11, 2017 7:07 pm

Rolls

Intimidation - (1d20+2)

(1) + 2 = 3

Nov 11, 2017 7:21 pm
Aegar and I have a drinking game we need to play. Everyone else SIPS. BANdits alive. Quiero oro. Oro PARA cerveza ¿No oro? Todos están MUERTO. Stack drinking at the INN, because memories are A GAME! PAy beEr.

He knew what he wanted to say, what came out of his mouth was not that. It seemed like he got the message across to his friends well enough that he wanted to drink, but afterwards his vice betrayed him, his tongue moved unexpectedly, and he somehow didn't understand himself. As these foreign noises left his mouth he thought maybe the holy healing that he had received from Raishe was still working through him somehow. Perhaps when a man uses his faith to heal you, and you've lived your whole life devoid of faith outside of the world you can see, maybe that clash has some unforeseen side effects. If he can ever get his words back he'll talk with his friend who quite possibly saved his life and see if this is anything he knows of. In all honestly it could be that he recently got shot in the chest and got better. Who knows? Barendd is just a dwarf who damaged a tree in a fight with bandits who still really needs a drink.

OOC:
I hope using Spanish works as a language that would be indistinguishable and unintelligible to everyone involved. Including Barendd. That was the intent beyond just typing out gibberish.

Len Inactive for 1 months

Nov 11, 2017 7:46 pm
The bandits guffaw at the strange display before them. The female bandit pulls back her hood and steps a bit closer to you. You realize she's probably 15 or 16 by human years, still a child.

She address Barendd with a smile. "Master Dwarf, you can't fool us. For all your muscles and weapons, we can see you are really a softy. A good man."

She pauses for a moment.

"We could use Dwarves, and men, around here like you. There aren't many people left in this town with a good heart," she says sadly.

She sighs deeply. "Take us to Sheriff Willowmane. Her office is down there, by the inn." she looks like she should be on the edge of tears, but maybe has none left to give.

"I've made some stupid decisions lately. I can't believe I let myself get messed up in this. Oh gods, what will my mother say?"
Nov 11, 2017 8:49 pm
Who is it that you guys were hunting? I remember you mentioning a wagon of some sort back in the woods?
Nov 11, 2017 10:01 pm
"¡Responde la pregunta!" Barendd yells, trying to assist Iman, though this unknown tongue is still quite vexing even to himself. He clears his throat and calms himself, and tries again. "I would advise answering the barbarian's question." For the time being it seems like his language only makes sense if he is more calm and collected, though he seemed to regain control of his volume which seems like a step in the right direction. He definitely needs to have a sit down with Raishe.
Last edited November 11, 2017 10:02 pm

Len Inactive for 1 months

Nov 11, 2017 10:24 pm
The leader speaks up.

"Chief said there was a wagon coming through today. Told us it was a good target, and a chance to prove ourselves after we botched our last mission. We didn't ask any questions. The Chief isn't the kinda guy who likes questions after he gives you an order."
Nov 12, 2017 12:48 am
While looking towards the village, Pageflap commits Barennd's strange language to memory, gaining the ability to spout gibberish on command. Maybe he'll ask him later on what language it was, or he'll do some research on it.

He doesn't see many people out and about at the moment, which could be a combination of it being supper time and what seems to be a lot of abandoned buildings.

He turns back to the group. "There aren't many people left in this town," he repeats in the woman's voice. He then repeats the name they heard from rumors on the way here. "Ralavaz."

He meant to make it sound like a question, but he's only heard the name spoken once. He hopes it is Ralavaz, otherwise it'll sound like he's assuming things.
Nov 12, 2017 1:09 am
Hmm, good point Pageflap, one does get curious if the empty streets are related to fears about Ralavaz.
OOC:
How does the group feel about trying to leverage allowing the female bandit free for information about Ralavaz, owing to her seeming remorse/regret, and her young age?
Nov 12, 2017 1:25 am
OOC:
im ok with it. Iman will keep a very close eye on her, not letting her leave his reach.
Nov 12, 2017 2:50 am
Kit walks up next to the young girl (the only one of the bandits he's not intimidated by). He hands her a small, metallic rose and says, A trifling that will not last. It feels appropriate. An approximation of you. Beauty and danger in equal parts. He gestures to the fields and houses. This landscape is desolate and these homes filled with emptiness. What has happened to this place? Was it ever thus?

Casting prestidigitation to create a trinket in the form of a small, metallic rose. It will only last for a few seconds.

Len Inactive for 1 months

Nov 12, 2017 3:36 am
She smiles a sad smile and takes the metallic rose.

"My namesake, how did you know?"

She watches, mesmerized, as the metal fades into firefly sparks that disperse into oblivion. After, she listens to your question and responds.

"Whitesparrow is just another dying town in the north, I guess. Trying to make an honest living is pretty much impossible. I watched my mother do it all my life and she has to show for it is mountains of debt and a rotting inn. She told me stories of how beautiful this place used to be, but my whole life all I've ever thought about is leaving. I figured I could make some quick coin with the Night Blades, enough to get me to Katagia."

She looks ashamed of herself. One of the other bandits, the one that Raishe knocked out in a single blow, speaks up.

"Nobody would blame you for leaving, Rose. Your mama would understand."

At that moment, a person comes out of one of the buildings, and walks briskly across the main square. His eyes happen to look up in your direction, and he freezes. He breaks into an all out run back the way he came, and the next thing you hear are bells clanging.

A pair emerges from behind the inn, hastily donning jackets and doing up sword belts, which you quickly realize are old Arkasian military issue. Longbowmen emerge from other buildings and start taking up positions along a low, crumbling wall. The two dressed in Arkasian uniforms stride up the road toward you.

"Here comes the sheriff now, and her brother." says Rose.
[ +- ] The Sheriff and Her Brother
[ +- ] Rose
Nov 12, 2017 3:51 am
Barendd steps in front of Rose and kit, to hopefully give one of friends the time to untie Rose"¡Hola, mucho gusto amigos!" Barendd yells at the approaching sheriff siblings. He then remembers his strange malady and waits until they are within normal speaking range. "We met our friends here in the forest and they let slip that there might be a reward for their return, more sizable if they were brought back alive. I hope that's the case, because I just can't stand being lied to. Rose here has been kind enough to act as our guide about town. She was just recommending her mother's inn. Some gold would come in quite handy in paying for a night's stay. ¿Comprende? He must have been a bit excitable at the end. You can be a retired criminal for as long as you'd like, but you don't really get comfortable talking to the law.
Nov 12, 2017 6:16 am
lenpelletier says:
She smiles a sad smile and takes the metallic rose.

"My namesake, how did you know?"
Kit shrugs. Things occur to me. Ideas. Pictures. Words. It seemed appropriate.
lenpelletier says:
She watches, mesmerized, as the metal fades into firefly sparks that disperse into oblivion. After, she listens to your question and responds.

"Whitesparrow is just another dying town in the north, I guess. Trying to make an honest living is pretty much impossible. I watched my mother do it all my life and she has to show for it is mountains of debt and a rotting inn. She told me stories of how beautiful this place used to be, but my whole life all I've ever thought about is leaving. I figured I could make some quick coin with the Night Blades, enough to get me to Katagia."
Kit looks upon her with sorrow in his eyes. Poor naked wretches that bide the pelting of this pitiless storm. How shall your houseless heads defend you from seasons such as these? If we think on these things without all remedy, shall we be without regard? Or is it true that what's done, is done?
lenpelletier says:
She looks ashamed of herself. One of the other bandits, the one that Raishe knocked out in a single blow, speaks up.

"Nobody would blame you for leaving, Rose. Your mama would understand."

At that moment, a person comes out of one of the buildings, and walks briskly across the main square. His eyes happen to look up in your direction, and he freezes. He breaks into an all out run back the way he came, and the next thing you hear are bells clanging.

A pair emerges from behind the inn, hastily donning jackets and doing up sword belts, which you quickly realize are old Arkasian military issue. Longbowmen emerge from other buildings and start taking up positions along a low, crumbling wall. The two dressed in Arkasian uniforms stride up the road toward you.

"Here comes the sheriff now, and her brother." says Rose.
Kit watches as Barendd interposes himself between him and Rose and the sheriff. As the Dwarf speaks of reward, Kit's heart is heavy. He looks to the boarded up buildings and the fallow fields. None of this feels right to him, yet he feels powerless to do anything about it. It is not just Rose he pities, but all of these bandits. The crushing despair that has driven them to this is not something he's familiar with. Even in his earliest days in the theater, scrabbling for coppers, he knows he was always there by choice. That at any moment, he could choose to take control of his fate and use what was his by accident of birth to raise himself from the lowest of situations. Indeed, that is what he did. But these low creatures? This Rose, by name and by mien? What choices did they have?

Near to tears, he briefly places a hand of ineffectual comfort on Rose's shoulder before walking away, unable to bear witness to the inexorably unfolding events.

Len Inactive for 1 months

Nov 13, 2017 12:22 am
The pair stop a bit of a distance from the party to listen to Barendd's parlay, the archers watching intently. The woman speaks up.

"Her mother won't be pleased, but things could have turned out worse. I'm Ruth Willowmane, sheriff of Whitesparrow. This is my brother, Matthew. Thanks for bringing these troublemakers back alive. If you are looking for a reward then I am happy to negotiate something. First let's talk about what your business is here."
Nov 13, 2017 2:00 am
"You have any info on Arkasia?" he said in Iman's voice. A tad aggressive, but maybe she'll think he's a rugged adventurer? He's somewhat sure that humans have trouble telling Kenku apart sometimes, at least the Mad Wizard did, maybe he can pull it off?

As an aside, Pageflap then points at the bandit leader,
lenpelletier says:
"The reward to bring us in alive is twice as high as brining us in dead. Killing us is like throwing gold down the pisser."
There's also that voidwater that Pageflap is interested in, but he decides to wait until later to go look for it. He should have plenty of time to do so.
Nov 13, 2017 2:35 am
Iman could see faces peeking out from behind the boarded windows. He would see fathers and mothers hurrying inside with their children as if the group was Coming to cause trouble. Iman was not used to villages and masses of people, and even though this town wasn’t at its best, it still made him feel uncomfortable. But as soon as Iman heard the Kenku speak, he remembered all that he had endured which gave him the courage to speak up.

"I’m not some folk hero, I’m far from holy, and I can care less about your money. But I can understand some of the hardships your people are going though. I’m looking for more of these scums here. To rid them of these lands and allow man to settle. There have been many of us that are still affected from what happened 20 years ago and I have yet to see a significant development towards what used to be. I’ve wandered for miles and miles, surviving with the few people I have met since then, and I still smell fear on everyone, with the exception of the group I travel with. I may not look the part, and I’m definately not the brightest. But I want to be part of the solution, and I feel like I can play my that by executing the enemies that keep us from rebuilding. Now tell me, what is it you fear?
Nov 13, 2017 5:22 am
[ +- ] I'm cool with this being ignored seems redundant and unnecessary
This all seems redundant and unnecessary now
Last edited November 13, 2017 5:38 am

Len Inactive for 1 months

Nov 13, 2017 5:27 am
The sheriff makes a sidelong glance at her brother as Pageflap speaks. Matthew nods curtly, some kind of signal passing between them. It lasts only a moment.
Jacketch says:
"You have any info on Arkasia?" he said in Iman's voice.
"Our pardon, Master Kenku. Arkasia? If you're looking for the latest news from the old Imperial territories, I'm afraid we have little to offer. But we keep with the old traditions strongly here."
Jacketch says:
As an aside, Pageflap then points at the bandit leader,
lenpelletier says:
"The reward to bring us in alive is twice as high as brining us in dead. Killing us is like throwing gold down the pisser."
Sheriff Willowmane turns to the bandit leader.

"Is that so, Artur?"

The bandit leader shrugs.

"Got me here alive, init?" he replies.
G3rmanicus says:
I’m not some folk hero, I’m far from holy, and I can care less about your money. But I can understand some of the hardships your people are going though. I’m looking for more of these scums here. To rid them of these lands and allow man to settle. There have been many of us that are still affected from what happened 20 years ago and I have yet to see a significant development towards what used to be. I’ve wandered for miles and miles, surviving with the few people I have met since then, and I still smell fear on everyone, with the exception of the group I travel with. I may not look the part, and I’m definately not the brightest. But I want to be part of the solution, and I feel like I can play my that by executing the enemies that keep us from rebuilding. Now tell me, what is it you fear?
Sheriff WIllowmane once again checks her brother wordlessly as Iman speaks, and again nods his approval.

"We appreciate those words. Thing is, we can't pay you much. But if you're looking to do some good, we got a long list of troubles here in Whitesparrow."

"We dealt with these Night Blades years ago. We managed to trap the infamous Ralavaz the Night Blade, his younger brother Gardren, and the rest of their gang in a barn near the Lonely Torch - that was their headquarters, it's an old Arkasian watchtower to the north east. Anyway, we had had enough of those pricks and set the barn ablaze. Only Ralavaz made it out, with Gardren and the rest of the trapped Night Blades dying in the fire. We sent Ralavaz to Katagia to rot in prison, but seems he's got out and is picking up where he left off. A lot of young men and women who aren't make a living in Whitesparrow are falling in with these Night Blades creeps, and they're growing stronger by the day."

"I'm sure they got plenty of valuables from what they've been thieving, and I'm sure people would be willing to pay you a percent of what you rescue of their coin. What do you say?"
Nov 13, 2017 5:34 am
How about as a reward the town boards us for the evening, pay our tab at the inn, allow us a good night's sleep, a good meal, plenty of good drink, some time to speak with Rose, and we'll be able to give you our answer in the morning?

Len Inactive for 1 months

Nov 13, 2017 6:18 am
OOC:
Sorry Starrbeardo, was typing my post while you typed yours. Although some of your comments were answered, I think there is plenty of great stuff to respond to there. If you're okay with it, I'll respond to a few things!
Starrbeardo says:
"Those seem as good a place as any to start. Any information you have regarding Arkasia, why it fell, how it impacted your town and the surrounding areas, with a town that looks like it's known better days, that seems to have a bandit problem, what seems to be spurring this on and is there anything we can do to help improve the situation? Also room, board, and especially alcohol would be the next thing we want to find. To that end the reward negotiations would be something high on our priority list. As to what actually brought us here I would say that's best explained in that we were on a road and then that road led to a felled log, then through some circumstance we ended up here. You seem pretty on edge overall, so know we mean no harm. To summarize, I would say info about Arkasia, reward, a place to rest and refocus ourselves, and then if there's anything we can do to help improve your town and the hospitality you will be providing us with? Perhaps something regarding this Ralavaz we've heard about."
As Barendd starts speaking, the siblings again silently confer with each other, and again Matthew nods in approval. He continues to watch the proceedings without speaking, his sister doing all the talking.

"All good questions. And a fair offer. I'm sure we can drum up the funds to keep you and yours cozy. I'll have Matthew take these three into custody while I get you set up. If a comfortable bed and a meal are what you seek, then I'll take you down to the Summerspring Inn."

Matthew takes the three prisoners off you hands, still bound by rope (The sheriff insists you'll get your rope back, and hopes you don't mind them borrowing it for a bit longer), while the sheriff guides you down the road to the town.

"It's a little worse for wear, but Amanda's doing her best. If you're interested in old Arkasian technology, the Inn is something else! Built on a natural hotspring, and uses the steam for all sorts of things. Hard to maintain mind you, but I think you'll find the place comfortable."

"We are surrounded in Arkasian artifacts in this town. The keep on yonder hill was once the home of Lord Whitesparrow, a general in His Majesty's Army." At that moment, she turns to Pageflap "He was one of your kin, the only albino Kenku I've ever heard of. A great man. The castle has been deserted since his passing in the war, and with the rumours of its haunting, nobody goes up there anymore."

"Then there's the old dam, further up north. Arkasian engineering from way back, at its height. Still works perfectly, keeps the floods and droughts levelled out real good. A beautiful sight to see, too, if you don't mind a hike."

"The big hand over there ... nobody quite knows what it is. Older than Arkasia, the scholars tell us. People tried to dig it up but starting getting headaches, visions and the like. Just left town one day and all the holes behind. Some poor drunk falls down that hole every year, breaks his neck."
Nov 13, 2017 6:22 am
OOC:
Works for me
Nov 13, 2017 2:10 pm
"Ralavaz..." Iman keeps echoing that name in his head while completely phasing out everything the sheriff tells them on the way to the Inn. A meal and a good nights rest is definitely in need.
Nov 13, 2017 5:15 pm
Kit appears morose as the bandits are led away, and the group is shown to the Inn. Perhaps there is something we can do to lift some of the spirits of these people. A temporary balm to their woes. He turns to the sheriff and says, Dear lady, perhaps you could spread the word to the townsfolk to attend the inn at dusk. A free performance of wit and whimsy to add color to their day. I think when the innkeeper sees the crowd drawn, you will not be asked to task the town's meager coin to lodge us.
Nov 13, 2017 7:03 pm
The news that Whitesparrow was named after a Kenku general was quite a surprise. It made him wonder if there were any other Kenku among these lands. Should he be able to tell them that he has somehow made progress on breaking the curse and has a lead in Arkasia he may be able to score himself and his allies some help! If they believe him, that is. When you're cursed long enough that no one even remembers who cursed you it just becomes a fact of life.

Still, the knowledge that a Kenku lived in a castle all the way over here fills you with a sense of giddiness. In addition to the pride in one's race, there is also the realization that for Lord Whitesparrow to rise to the rank of general must have meant that he was a very smart bird. Being a Kenku, there was no way he would have been able to come up with any of his plans or maneuvers on his own. It was very likely that there was a plentiful library in that keep.

There is the problem of it possibly being haunted, though. May have to wait until morning because there's no way he's going in there at night. Should probably bring the holy man with him too. The thought of all the books makes Pageflap salivate, he had been thinking that all he had to look forward to in this town was looking into the voidwater!

Not only that, but there is also that big hand thing that's just screaming magic! That'll need some looking into, and he's got just the spell in his book to do so! Though he runs into the problem that he's noooot quite ready for it yet. Oh sure, he's got the verbal command and the gestures down, the orb he screwed to the top of his staff should substitute for the owl feather he'll need as well. However, he cannot substitute the pearl needed for the spell to work its magic. He hopes he can find one in the market that is of a high enough quality....

Still, it wouldn't hurt to go see the thing before nightfall. Get a good look at it, see if he gets a vision, see if he can detect any magic. Pageflap should still be good for one more higher level spell for the day.
Nov 13, 2017 10:26 pm
Raishe felt suspicious of the sheriff and her brother, yet it could very well be that the whole town itself was on edge. However, a nice bath, hot food, and some rest at the inn was mostly all he could think about at the moment.

There was definitely a lot to look forward to given the time. The dam sounded like quite a site to behold, and that hand... was it truly older than the empire? Regardless, hearing about another Kenku made him glad for Pageflap. For such a renowned general to be a kenku, perhaps his story could provide further insight into the kenku's history, and the trouble they carried.
Nov 14, 2017 2:25 am
I thank you for your help Sheriff. My compatriots and I are weary from our travels, and my dwarven friend and I have a game to play requiring a copious amount of ale. I trust that by the morrow we will have decided what we plan to do during our time in your town. Aegar drank all of his ale in the very beginning of their trip, and thus is quite eager to get inside and make up for lost time. If any of you have a need to find me, Ill be wherever the ale is. Having said this to the party, Aegar turns and hurriedly heads into the Inn.
Nov 14, 2017 4:55 am
Ooh there's a man with his head on straight. Anyone of age is able to join us who would like to. We can play teams. If not I will drink Aegar under the table and his bed will remain unused tonight. Being careful not to show too much excitement, though genuinely wanting all of his companions to play, he even nods to the sheriff to indicate that she's invited as well and starts heading toward the inn as well. He then looks to Rose, My dear Rose, I realize you are a bit on the edge of being old enough, but seeing as we will be staying in your mother's inn, I would advise spectating and not trying to match the drinks we take.
Before he begins heading back to the inn he addresses the rest of the team. Any plans of a show that you would require Aegar and I for you may want to work quick or reconsider Kit. My tongue still may betray me, just as Aegar's sobriety might betray him, plus your general malaise seems like it will benefit from a drop or two. Pageflap, my favorite winged wizard, I know not if the Kenku enjoy imbibing, nor their tolerance, but you are quite learned and I trust your judgement as to whether you should or shouldn't participate. Iman you are the wildest among us, if you don't participate today then I hope that you will one day, because I can tell it will be quite fun. Raishe you are a man of faith, but I hear that there are many that devote themselves to a higher power that also enjoy being brought back down to earth by a sip now and again. Either way I have some questions for you at some point this evening.

At any rate the night isn't getting any younger and the ale will not drink itself. ¡Arriba!

Len Inactive for 1 months

Nov 14, 2017 8:46 am
To Kit, the sheriff replies:

"Ah, are you are bard? Shame, most folk are in bed by then. It's harvest time and people are putting in 12 - 14 hour days. But, your offer of hospitality is appreciated. I'll see who can come. What should I tell them you're performing?"

To Aegar and Barendd:

"Drinking might be a bit of a problem, I'm afraid. The Evershady Tavern right there, in the shadow of The Hand, it's been closed for months. Amanda runs a good kitchen at the Summerspring but it's no ale house. But, I'll dig you something up from my own cabinet. Whiskey suit your game?"
OOC:
Note that Rose had to go with Matthew and the other bandits. Perhaps your invite came before she was led away.

Len Inactive for 1 months

Nov 14, 2017 3:36 pm
The sheriff leads you past the enormous ebony hand statue to the Summerspring Inn. This large, two-story building seems to sit slightly askew, supported at its corners by heavy beams that keep it from collapsing completely. Whenever the wind blows, the whole building makes a deep creaking sound, like someone trying to get comfortable in a tilting chair.

You enter the inn and feels like walking into a humid jungle, a not unwelcome feeling considering the cold, damp conditions outside. The sheriff says she needs to speak with Amanda about her daughter and leaves you with the in's manager, Philcock Deadcleft.

Philcock is a small, ugly man dressed in clothes of noble cut but in poor condition. There is a strong, fungal smell about him. He acts like a duke who's hunt has been interrupted by some upstart commoners.

He shows you your rooms, not bothering to clear the cobwebs. The rooms are big and luxuriously decorated, but smell of mildew. Next, he takes you down an old stone stair to the hot springs, which boil in caves below the inn. There are multiple steaming pools, although one appears all dried up and is now just a deep hole in the ground. It is roped off, with a sign that reads 'danger' . Finally, he shows you the tap room. All the chairs are up in the tables and a fine layer of dust covers everything. He says dinner will be served in 20 minutes and leaves you to seat yourselves. You spy a few dusty wine bottles behind the untended bar.
Nov 14, 2017 4:33 pm
TheDaykinator says:
Aegar drank all of his ale in the very beginning of their trip, and thus is quite eager to get inside and make up for lost time. If any of you have a need to find me, Ill be wherever the ale is. Having said this to the party, Aegar turns and hurriedly heads into the Inn.
Kit raises an eyebrow at Aegar's haste. It appears our friend's Human side has fallen prey to a possession that has little to do with his Elven side's reputation for temperance and control.
Starrbeardo says:
Before he begins heading back to the inn he addresses the rest of the team. Any plans of a show that you would require Aegar and I for you may want to work quick or reconsider Kit. My tongue still may betray me, just as Aegar's sobriety might betray him, plus your general malaise seems like it will benefit from a drop or two.
Kit raises another eyebrow, in amusement this time. Dear Barendd, still angling for a speaking part, I see. Do not let my malaise trouble you. Suffering is at the soul of all art. In any case, the show must go on. Perhaps you could do the townsfolk a worthy turn and show enough restraint to at least remain on your feet 'til their spirits have been lifted a trifle. Pageflap and I will provide the voices, you need but make a gesture here and there.
Starrbeardo says:
Pageflap, my favorite winged wizard, I know not if the Kenku enjoy imbibing, nor their tolerance, but you are quite learned and I trust your judgement as to whether you should or shouldn't participate.
Kit raises both eyebrows, wondering how the wingless Pageflap, his kind cursed to gaze upon the sky from an earthbound perch, will react to Barendd's slip.
lenpelletier says:
To Kit, the sheriff replies:

"Ah, are you are bard? Shame, most folk are in bed by then. It's harvest time and people are putting in 12 - 14 hour days. But, your offer of hospitality is appreciated. I'll see who can come. What should I tell them you're performing?"
Kit's back stiffens at this. Dear lady, I am no mere skald, begging for drinks as I flit from town to town! I am a thespian! I turn life into art! History, pageantry, love, despair, hope, yearning! These are my paints! My voice is my brush, and the stage is my canvas! Surely these are worth the loss of a few moments' sleep to the good people of this benighted town!
Nov 14, 2017 4:38 pm
lenpelletier says:
He shows you your rooms, not bothering to clear the cobwebs. The rooms are big and luxuriously decorated, but smell of mildew. Next, he takes you down an old stone stair to the hot springs, which boil in caves below the inn. There are multiple steaming pools, although one appears all dried up and is now just a deep hole in the ground. It is roped off, with a sign that reads 'danger' . Finally, he shows you the tap room. All the chairs are up in the tables and a fine layer of dust covers everything. He says dinner will be served in 20 minutes and leaves you to seat yourselves. You spy a few dusty wine bottles behind the untended bar.
Kit holds a scented handkerchief over his nose during the entire tour. When they finally arrive at the taproom, he mutters, This will not do. He uses Prestidigitation to clean off the table and chairs before sitting. As he sits, he becomes more and more agitated before finally standing with a huff, before declaring, loudly, No, this will not do at all! He hurriedly moves about the room, repeatedly casting the cantrip to clean every last surface of the room, one cubic foot at a time.
Nov 14, 2017 6:15 pm
Iman pulls up a chair and sits along the back wall of the room.Marlowe, just don't make me do anything as ridiculous as last time. In fact, id rather you keep me out of it. Just as Iman kicks his feet on the clean table, he notices the bottles of wine behind the bar.

Ho ho! Looks like you and Aegar might have some little fun after all, huh Dankill?
Nov 14, 2017 6:22 pm
In this case the drink is the road, and I'm personally more focused on the destination. Would you be able to switch from ale to wine this evening Aegar?
Nov 14, 2017 8:24 pm
So long as it quenches my sober, I could care less what we drink! Dragging those blasted Night Blades all the way here has got me quite thirsty. And if it seems like we have enough, Id be glad to beat you in a game of knuckly dice Barendd. Aegar eyes the room as Kit diligently cleans the dust are dirt off chairs and tables. For an inn, this place seems eerily underused and dirty. Am I the only one who thinks something seems a little off?
Nov 14, 2017 8:37 pm
Relax there Aegar, no need to worry! Lets just have a little fun and be merry 'til dinner. Now sit down before you become a prop yourself, Marlowe is scheming something for us, haha! Come on, Ill even join this game too.
Nov 14, 2017 11:01 pm
The wing comment threw Pageflap for a loop for a few seconds before he decided to take it in stride. He was pretty sure that despite appearances Barennd was still somewhat injured. Feathered arms may look kinda like wings to non feathered species, he guessed. Still, a drinking game. He could probably down a few drinks, but he doubted he would be able to even get close to winning, he's seen how the three of them drink. He politely refuses with a shame of his head and a wave of his talon. Besides, he has an excuse to avoid the game this time.

Deciding that twenty minutes is enough time to go take a look at the hand and be back for lunch, Pageflap calls out to the party. In Aegar's voice, he says, "If any of you have a need to find me, I'll be-," he then switches to Willowmane's voice, "-in the shadow of The Hand." He also repeats Philcock's announcement of dinner to tell them all he'll be back soon then leaves the room.

Pageflap heads up to his room. Making sure he still has his dagger and gold on his person, he takes his spell book out of his pack. He pick up his staff and is about to leave when he remembers Aegar's suspicion and decides to investigate the room a bit. Especially the bed, who knows what has gone down on that thing.
OOC:
At this point I rolled for investigation but hid everything. I rolled a 21.
Last edited November 15, 2017 1:56 am

Rolls

Secret Roll

Len Inactive for 1 months

Nov 15, 2017 1:33 am
OOC:
Just to be clear, there are two taverns in town. The one that everyone is sitting in is just the taproom of the Summerspring Inn. The other place that was 'in the shadow of the hand' is the Evershady Tavern, which has closed its doors for financial reasons. Unless somebody wants to reopen it, of course.
Pageflap returns to his room, which is on the ground floor. The wide four-poster bed looks like it was once quite luxurious, but is now somewhat dilapidated and dated. You search the room, and find some interesting features:

* There is a steam cleaning closet for blasting garments with torrents of steam to clean off grime and remove wrinkles. It's big enough to fit a full grown man inside, so you could steam clean armour if you wanted to.
* None of the walls, door frames, or windows seems to be at 90 degree angles. Everything is leaning or sagging.
* Unsightly water stains mark the walls and ceilings where leaks have occurred.
* The chamberpot has a special mechanism for whisking excrement away in a torrent of hot water. The warm water keeps your seat pleasantly warm. Novel!
* There is a tap for hot water in a wash basin, as well as a special spout for filling a kettle with boiling water.

As you are examining the hot water taps, a small, squirming black mass splurts out of the tap and lands in the basin. It writhes about for a moment before pointing an orifice at you screaching horribly!
OOC:
This combat is for just pageflap, although if he runs and gets help, others can be included. Everyone else can continue RPing in whatever order they please.

Rolls

Grub initiative - (1d20+1)

(13) + 1 = 14

Pageflap Initiative - (1d20+3)

(17) + 3 = 20

Len Inactive for 1 months

Nov 15, 2017 1:34 am
ROUND 1

Initiative Order

1. Pageflap (mage armor is still active)
2. Disgusting Grub
Nov 15, 2017 2:04 am
Upon the... thing popping out of the tap, Pageflap gives an undignified Squawk and backs away from it until his back hits the door. Finding the best solution to be killing it with fire, he throws a fire bolt at the black grub thing.

Rolls

Fire Bolt Attempt - (1d20+5)

(3) + 5 = 8

Damage if hit - (1d10)

(7) = 7

Len Inactive for 1 months

Nov 15, 2017 3:12 am
The vile thing, the size of a large slug, writhes out of the way and pops onto the tiles of the bathroom floor, successfully dodging the fire bolt (which leaves an unsightly burn mark).

It let's out another horrid scream, charges toward Page flap, spitting acid. Pageflap avoids the corrosive fluid.
OOC:
Round 2!

Rolls

Acid spout - (1d20+1)

(13) + 1 = 14

Nov 15, 2017 3:30 am
Getting frustrated at his lack of success when it comes to spells, Pageflap decides to go with some higher level magic. It's not very hard for him to use his staff's orb to focus his magic, drawing in water from the lingering steam in the room. He mimes holding a dagger, and one made out of ice forms in between his talons. Aiming at the disgusting little slug, Pageflap throws his newly-made Ice Knife at it.

Rolls

Ice knife attack - (1d20+5)

(9) + 5 = 14

With Inspiration Advantage! - (1d20+5)

(8) + 5 = 13

Damage if hit - (1d10)

(10) = 10

Hit or miss, the knife explodes - (2d6)

(43) = 7

Nov 15, 2017 3:48 am
OOC:
Meanwhile at inn's Tavern Aegar and Barendd are about to get knuckely going on. At present only Iman shows interest in playing.
So the wine will be an interesting twist from our ale days at the Chugging Chasm, but the rules are the same. As we have only two dice we can wait for a fourth, or Iman can choose to side with the winner, or you Aegar, his choice.
Nov 15, 2017 4:08 am
Haha, alright alright, spectating might be more amusing. Looks like there will be two shows tonight!
Nov 15, 2017 4:23 am
Barendd it's your game. So you go first. After your display of power against that log today you could surely use the advantage!
Nov 15, 2017 4:41 am
Well to start off the game a toast to you and Iman for your much more effective fighting than mine, and a toast to Raishe for bringing me back from the brink. A toast to Kit, because I feel he must always be toasted, and a toast to Pageflap our feathered friend.
OOC:
We'll use the the abbreviated rules. Since there were some errors with my charactersheet that have been amended, I'll do a normal role due to my dwarven resiliency and you do one at disadvantage. Add your con save and high roller wins the game.

Rolls

Knuckley Dice game roll - (1d20+5)

(16) + 5 = 21

Nov 15, 2017 5:46 am
To those we'll meet on our journey, and to those whom we've already met.
OOC:
Forgive me, maybe I just misread the rules of the game. I thought we rolled with a d6? EDIT - Lol just realized what you meant by "abbreviated rules" I totally understand whats going on now.
Last edited November 15, 2017 5:48 am

Rolls

Knuckly Dice roll 1 - (1d20+4)

(19) + 4 = 23

Knuckly Dice roll 2 (disadvantage) - (1d20+4)

(10) + 4 = 14

Nov 15, 2017 6:05 am
With that, and after many rounds of play, and many more drinks, I may have won the game, but the night is ours, because we are both drunk on this dusty wine. Please, once you're ready, make it back to your bed safely friend. Luckily I don't have to get you all the way back home this time. If need be it looks like Iman is absolutely able to keep you out of too much trouble. With that Barendd, clearly drunk, though not as much as his half elf friend directs his attentions at Raishe.
Oy padre I have questions for you. First, how are you at tracing? I require help with a tattoo and now seems like a great time. Second how did you bring me back from the brink barely worse for wear after taking this bolt to the chest (Barendd holds up the bolt he had stored in his boot)? Third do you recognize the tongue I was overcome with after being healed? Fourth, have you had enough wine? Because I feel like I could use more.
As he finishes his last question Barendd takes a hearty swig from the bottle of wine that was being used for the game while brandishing the bolt around much like he would imagine a wizard would brandish a wand.
Last edited November 15, 2017 6:05 am

Len Inactive for 1 months

Nov 15, 2017 7:28 am
Pageflap kills the grub dead, littering his room with shards of ice.
Nov 15, 2017 3:59 pm
He pokes it with the bottom of his staff to make sure it's dead. Once satisfied, he puts his backpack back on, not sure if he'll be comfortable sleeping in this room. He runs off and heads back to the tap room to warn the rest of the party.

Bursting in to the smell of wine in the air, Pageflap points back the way he came. "Something seems a little off?" he can't help but say in Aegar's questioning tone, but he follows it up with that horrible screeching noise the slug made before gesturing to his robes. There is some tiny ice shards that just barely managed to reach him, and a little bit of acid that Pageflap just noticed was blocked by his Mage Armor. He reminds himself to clean it before the armor spell ends.
Nov 15, 2017 4:26 pm
Crow! You look worse off than Aegar, and he can barely stand on his feet! What are you going on about??
Nov 15, 2017 8:51 pm
Ah, you look anything but rested or relaxed. Would you like some wine? Should we summon Philcock? Something seemed different about him.
Last edited November 15, 2017 8:54 pm
Nov 15, 2017 9:20 pm
Seeing Pageflap bust into the room, Aegar suddenly stands up bumping the table he was seated at. It becomes clear that seeing his compatriot in trouble, Aegar has sobered up faster than any man in the room. I knew something was wrong here! Tell us Pageflap, what has happened?
Nov 15, 2017 10:00 pm
Still feeling a bit freaked out by the sickening slime slug, Pageflap gives up on bothering to play charades for now and waves for anyone who wants to to follow him.
OOC:
I'm assuming at least one party member followed him.
Leading the way, he stops at his room's door and slowly opens it to peer inside. He opens the door further and walks in, looking around the room before settling his gaze on the faucet. He gestures to the room, letting the rest see what state it is in, before pointing out the dead slug and repeating the screech. "No, this will not do at all!"

Len Inactive for 1 months

Nov 16, 2017 4:21 am
The room is as Pageflap left it ... ice shards litter the floor, melting quickly in this humid air, and a large scorch mark has been added to the bathroom's decorations.
Nov 16, 2017 5:06 am
Thank the fates you survived, my dear boy! I still need you for tonight's performance!

Len Inactive for 1 months

Nov 16, 2017 5:20 am
Sheriff Willowmane and Amanda come down the stairs at the end of the hall and see those of you in front of Pageflap's room. Amanda is wiping away tears with a handkerchief.

Sensing your anxiety, the sheriff inquires: "Everything alright here?"
Nov 16, 2017 12:03 pm
Iman shovels the grub around with his foot. What in the world is this? Now looking back at the sheriff, Iman steps forward and in an angry, but concerned voice, he asks What is going on?! Is there more of this??

Len Inactive for 1 months

Nov 17, 2017 3:21 am
Oh by the Gods Amanda says crassly. She furls her middle aged brow.

Those things have been nothing but trouble. They started showing up about a month ago, around the time when the south spring dried up. They seem to love the hot sulfric water, the hotter the better.

That one looks a lot bigger than any one I've seen before. Did it try to bite any of you?
Nov 17, 2017 4:52 am
Pageflap gestures at his clothes where the Mage Armor is just barely keeping the acid from dissolving the fabric. He repeats the screech for a third time, the screech serving the dual purpose of stating that it was he that was attacked and expressing his dissatisfaction as a customer.

Tilting his head a bit, he also inquires on the going-ons of the village. "They started showing up about a month ago, around the time when the south spring dried up," he repeats, going for elaboration.
Last edited November 17, 2017 4:52 am

Len Inactive for 1 months

Nov 17, 2017 6:15 am
Did my man Philcock take you down to the hot springs? They are the reason we built our Inn here in the first place. Used to draw folks from across the Empire.

Yes yes, I'm getting to the bug. The south pool in the caves below the Inn mysteriously drained about a month ago, leaving a wide open hole in the ground. Not sure how far it goes down. Around the same time these bugs started showing up, coming out of the hot faucets. They were much smaller then, didn't seem too much of a concern. Out here in the country bugs are just a part of life. Maybe it's not like that back in the big city you're from.

Anyway, that is definitely a lot bigger than what we were seeing. Maybe that was the queen, or whatever? Either way, nothing for a bunch of rugged men like you to worry about, eh? It's probably all good now. Yeah?
Nov 17, 2017 6:35 am
Barendd and Raishe had a hearty conversation. Raishe speculates the the strange tongue Barendd spoke in might be a form of celestial speech. Barendd is fascinated, having never had a tie to religion of any sort, these ideas seem like a type of fantasy to him. Raishe indicates there are gods of all shape and size. There are even gods for dwarves. As Raishe is speculating that perhaps when he cast the spell of healing through prayer, perhaps some such deity answered the call and manifested itself with the strange speech. Barendd is fascinated as he insists that Raishe start dotting the outline of the dagger symbol on his chest next to the outline of a heart using the crossbow bolt that nearly stuck him down, dipped in ink that he brews himself. He decides a simple black ink was best. Now he has a new tattoo and a new curiosity.

Thank you holy man, You have given me much to consider, what of these Dwarven Gods? However, it's soon time to turn in perhaps we should join the group and make our plans for tomorrow.

Barendd then places the patch he had taken from the bandits over his tattoo to allow it time to heal, and starts drunkenly wandering the inn looking for Iman and Aegar.
Nov 17, 2017 12:14 pm
Crow here seemed to have handled it pretty well! I don't think it will be too much of a problem unless more of them come out. Maybe its best we take a look at the drained spring first thing in the morning since it seems like these grubs might be active at night. Lets go catch up with the others for now, Im hearing a lot more commotion coming from the taproom. Seems like the Sheriff brought in a bigger crowd for you Marlowe!
Nov 17, 2017 7:20 pm
Aegar listened intently as the Sheriff spoke and said not a word in response. He eyed the Sheriff, looking for any obvious signs the he was lying. Aegar waits until Iman and Pageflap head back down to the rest of the party before he speaks. Iman and Pageflap may have accepted what you say as true Sheriff, but know that I am not so easily swayed. I know there is something sinister going on here, and I will find out what it is. Not even waiting to hear the Sheriff's response, Aegar follows in his friend's footsteps and heads back down to the dining room. Just as he rounds a corner, he bumps into Barendd. The dwarf is stumbling and clearly drunk, Aegar notices that he had begun tattooing the Night Blade's symbol upon his body. You best be careful here Barendd, I feel that these locals are hiding something behind their hospitality.

Rolls

Insight Check - (1d20-1)

(13) - 1 = 12

Len Inactive for 1 months

Nov 17, 2017 7:35 pm
It turns out that Matthew has rounded up the local orphanage for the show. Fifteen youths of a variety of ages sit in amazement at Kit's show. Although some of the content is lost on the younger ones, they are dazzled. Many of them have never seen a play or performance, and will linger fondly in their memories forever.

One boy in particular stands out - a Halfling boy named Gilbert. Wherever he walks, the ground blooms into flowers, even when walking on wood or stone, only to wilt and die as he moves on.

The party retires for the evening after assurances that Amanda and Philcock have thoroughly cleaned your rooms and inspected for 'bugs'. Indeed, the rooms are much cleaner than they were before, and Amanda apologizes for the bad state (Philcock just scowls). You have a good rest in beds that are actually quite comfortable.

When you wake up, you gather in the common room, where Amanda has a full breakfast waiting for you. You are all sitting around the big wooden table, enjoying pork chops, taters, and eggs (sadly no wine left).

Len Inactive for 1 months

Nov 17, 2017 7:39 pm
TheDaykinator says:
Aegar listened intently as the Sheriff spoke and said not a word in response. He eyed the Sheriff, looking for any obvious signs the he was lying.
Len sent a note to TheDaykinator
OOC:
If you want to determine whether an NPC is telling the truth, you can roll an insight check: 1d20 + insight skill.
Nov 18, 2017 3:37 am
Pageflap contemplates as he sits down in his seat, throwing food down his beak. He gives his input in his own Kenku way as the party converses, but his thoughts are more on the town. The damn slug cost him the magic he was planning on using to check up on the hand, but then again, a fire bolt probably would have been enough if the surprise and frustration didn't get to him. He could still go out and make sure check this time, but he believes they were planning to look into the slugs? He may have to use some of his more powerful spells if there's a lot of them. Besides, he was sure the hand was magic anyways, he could skip the detecting for now. Maybe if he has some leftover magic tonight.

He looks to the side and sees Barennd has a new hollow tattoo. Didn't he get those for new jobs? He mentioned that sometime during their journey here, he believes. Pageflap could have sworn he hired him to help him on his trip to Arkasia... no wait, he has no tattoo for that. That was just something he was contemplating. That means he doesn't have to pay Barennd! He must have come for personal reasons then. Heaven knows Iman did, volunteering himself at the first hearing of the word 'Arkasia.'

Oh, now he remembers that hollow symbol. Guess he and Iman are of like mind when it comes to Ralavaz? Guess they're all gonna be doing that then. Maybe they stole pearls? Iman is still murmuring that name every now and then. He's pretty focused as he shovels more food into himself. Pageflap silently slides his plate of eggs to him.

Thinking back to the slug problem, he recalls Aegar's suspicions. Could the slugs have been on purpose? Maybe? Could be he couldn't throw off his paranoia towards enemy saboteurs from his days in the way, possibly. Though the sheriff did mention it was because of the springs drying, and if the villagers were truly responsible for that how and why would they be able to engineer their own spring drying up? Then again they could have been lying about the spring. He notices that he's been thinking for a while. Oooooh, wait, is he using his creativity right now!? How fun!
Nov 18, 2017 4:03 am
OK gents, as much as I enjoy a good meal, and I do say this is a good meal we have to determine what we do from here. After speaking with Raishe I have some personal information I need to look into, but that is not the matter at hand. I feel the bandits drew us to this town, and there are multiple things we can do here. Ralavaz is a concern. As are the slugs that accosted our friend Pageflap. There was an all white Kenku that I'm sure will interest you, there is the hand statue, the hotsprings, and many more points of interest. This town seems to have many quirks and secrets to explore. Because of all these features I decided to consider this town a project for us as a whole, as there seems to be something of interest to all of us in one fashion or another. That's why I know have an unfinished tattoo. The bandits started us on the path here, and once we decide here no longer needs us, then I can finish the tattoo as we continue on our way. A plan seems to me like something we are in need of. I would say that something like Ralavaz would require all of our attention, while researching the white Kenku might only require Pageflap's studiousness. The slugs may be a task for a few of us, etc. Are there any tasks that anyone here feels particularly drawn to? If so is that something you'd like solitude with or would require assistance? I feel drawn to the task of Ralavaz, but that doesn't need to be something we look into right away. So what are your thoughts gents?
Nov 18, 2017 8:50 am
Yes, this Ralavaz needs to be dealt with. But if we are going to be staying here a few nights, we might need to find a quick solution for the slugs first. I’m certain this will alllow for our continuous lodging here. I’m sure we will draw some attention to this Ralavaz if we do more for a town that is under his watch, you know, maybe bait him to us?

Len Inactive for 1 months

Nov 18, 2017 6:15 pm
Amanda returns with another plate of food, this time spiced sausages and loaves of bread still hot from the oven. You can tell she's been up since before dawn preparing this feast for you.

"Ralavaz? That slime. Sheriff told me you're going after him. I remember when we burned him out last time we hadn't even cut Rose's hair yet. The townsfolk trapped the Night Blades in that barn and set them on fire, and I didn't mind one bit, even if Lothian teaches otherwise. My only regret is that we only got his brother Gardren. Ralavaz escaped the barn before we ever set fire to it. The coward let his brother burn to death. Sheriff found him up in the Lonely Torch after that, said he had snapped. Wailing like a banshee. He's probably back to settle the score, avenge his brother's death."

"I never properly thanked you for not hurting my baby girl, even though you had a right when she pulled a blade on you. Rose is a good person, honest, she just got way in over her head. Stupid, stupid, girl. A lot of folk are getting stupid when these Night Blades are promising riches. You know, might be she knows a thing or two. Maybe others in town as well. I'm sure she'll cooperate with you if you talk to her."

Len Inactive for 1 months

Nov 18, 2017 6:18 pm
Amanda hears Iman talking about the slugs as well.

"Oh, those bugs? I'm sure its just a autumn thing, scrambling for food before they hibernate or whatever. Probably won't be anything to worry about. But, if you want to look around you have free reign of the place. I'll unlock all the doors for ya. Nobody else staying here anyway. Whatever makes you feel at home."
Nov 18, 2017 11:55 pm
Thank you for breakfast Amanda. It has been truly splendid. I feel inclined to help with this bug problem. As In an stated, you've been so very welcoming, and I think it appropriate for us to help in keeping this place above ground and standing. What do you say gentlemen? If we are of a chord might I suggest that perhaps the sinkhole would be a good starting place.
Last edited November 18, 2017 11:57 pm
Nov 19, 2017 12:01 am
So where is he now? Where can we find him? As Iman asks about any leads to Ralavaz, he downs his plate of sausage and eats his share of bread, then eyes Pageflap’s newly arrived plate that has been untouched.

Who wants to go on a little hunt?
Nov 19, 2017 12:07 am
Well, doing some good for this Inn could do us some help. I’ve been on hunts before, they take patience. We can likely draw him to us and save us a trip. I’m rather reckless, so I’ll go where the holy man goes.

Len Inactive for 1 months

Nov 19, 2017 12:38 am
Note: your ropes have been dropped off over night.
Nov 19, 2017 1:10 am
lenpelletier says:
Note: your ropes have been dropped off over night.
OOC:
I'm sorry, dropped off, as in not there anymore?

Len Inactive for 1 months

Nov 19, 2017 1:34 am
OOC:
As in returned to you.
Nov 19, 2017 5:00 am
While Amanda's here, Pageflap decides to fish for a bit more information.
Willowmane says:
"The keep on yonder hill was once the home of Lord Whitesparrow, a general in His Majesty's Army. The castle has been deserted since his passing in the war, and with the rumours of its haunting, nobody goes up there anymore."
He repeats the part that worries him most, tilting his head in a questioning way, "The rumours of its haunting."

Len Inactive for 1 months

Nov 19, 2017 5:27 pm
"That's a story better left untold, Master Kenku. A dark chapter in our history I'd sooner not talk about. Oh, is that the kettle whistling?" She nervously retreats to the kitchen, nearly knocking over a pitcher of water on her way.
Nov 19, 2017 6:39 pm
"That was an unsatisfactory answer wasn't it Pageflap? It looks like we have somewhere to explore. Unless we want more non-answers, in addition to looking into the slugs.
Nov 20, 2017 6:11 am
Damn, he was hoping for more information than that as a thank you for unintentionally not hurting her baby girl.... He nods to Barennd in agreement towards the unsatisfaction.

He turns to Raishe and repeats his phrase about the keep being haunted, before then repeating Raishe's own Healing Word. Not being that much of a bird of faith nothing happens as expected, but it did serve to communicate that Pageflap was wondering if Raishe's holy power would help if there turned out to be any truth to this haunting.

"The sinkhole," he adds, in case Raishe would rather do that first.
Nov 20, 2017 4:01 pm
Hm, I have witnessed undead, but never hauntings, Pageflap. I have no problem in seeking what this "hanting" is all about. I'd assist you all in any way I could. Perhaps we should put it to a vote?

Len Inactive for 1 months

Nov 20, 2017 4:06 pm
It is decided: dealing with the inn's bug infestation is the group's top priority. You make arrangements to descend below ground to the sinkhole, and Philcock leads you through the cave system, handing out oil lamps to anyone who wishes to take one. You pass by several interconnected, steaming chambers linked by wooden walkways. Under different circumstances, you could see how the springs would be inviting.

https://i.imgur.com/b7uzOYD.jpg

The heat and moisture levels down here are like a sauna. You consider that prolonged strenuous activity in here will be extra-taxing *.

Eventually you reach the south pool, which is now just a gaping hole in the ground. A vertical tunnel drops out from the bottom of the basin into the depths of the earth, the walls worn smooth and almost cylindrical. The lantern light does not reach the bottom of the hole.
OOC:
* Various strenuous activities (fighting, extended climbing or running) may call for Constitution saving throws, starting at DC 5 and going up by 1 every stressful event. Failure will result in gaining a level of exhaustion.
Nov 21, 2017 6:11 am
Kit, his spirits lifted tremendously since the rousing performance of the previous evening, has been growing more tight-lipped the farther into these heat-soaked caverns the group has delved. When they reach the dark sinkhole, he peers over the edge as four glowing lights appear around his head. The bright globes move slowly about each other as they descend into the cavern. Can someone tell me why we're doing this instead of just moving on?
OOC:
Casting Dancing Lights and sending them slowly down the sinkhole up to a distance of 120 feet, keeping the globes within 20 feet of each other, and giving the Help action to give advantage to someone with a better Perception.

Len Inactive for 1 months

Nov 21, 2017 3:28 pm
The lights slowly descend into the shaft. Peering over the edge, Kit watches as the lights pass something shiny recessed into the wall at about 60 feet down. The orbs reach the bottom at about 100 feet down, which is obscured by a thick, rolling fog.

The entire shaft appears to be irregularly shaped, but worn smooth by the passage of water. Climbing the shaft unaided would be difficult but not impossible, and repelling via rope is definitely a possibility. The foundations of the nearby wooden stair that led into the now-dry pool would make an excellent anchor point.
Nov 22, 2017 1:02 am
Well kit, it seems like something to do. Plus they attacked our friend Pageflap. I for one think we should investigate these slugs.
I'm inclined to think we should use our ropes anchored to the wooden stair to spelunk our way down. It doesn't seem super clear how far we should go though maybe we can estimate the depth if we throw a rock down and see how long it takes to make a sound? Perhaps our ropes toed together will make a long enough line for us to descend down and come back up? Pending how long we estimate the drop to be?
Nov 22, 2017 1:06 am
OOC:
The bottom's 100 feet down. Kit is giving advantage to whoever is proficient in perception (roll a d20 twice, taking the better roll.

Len Inactive for 1 months

Nov 22, 2017 1:13 am
OOC:
Tying thee 50ft lengths of rope together would give you plenty of line for spelunking and make the journey safer and easier.
Nov 22, 2017 3:39 am
As we are a team and all would you boys mind sharing their rope? Between all of our rope and the pitons and hammer I have in my pack I think we can make our way safely into the hole and, more importantly, it should give us a pretty good way back up.
Nov 22, 2017 3:45 am
Pageflap kicks a rock down the hole and counts the seconds it takes to reach the bottom. Afterwards, he takes out his rope and ties it to the foundation of the wooden stairs. To add on to Barennd's explanation of why they are doing this, he vocalizes the sound of coins falling into a bag, maybe they can get more free stuff out of this?
Nov 22, 2017 4:26 am
Kit looks at Barendd. Then he leans over and looks sideways down the hole. Then back to Barendd. He points his finger at his chest. You expect me to climb down there? he asks, pointing at the hole.
Nov 22, 2017 4:41 am
Honestly I don't expect it. The offer is there for you though. I suppose the alternative is to stay here. Alone. With just your imagination and the sounds that we make while we do whatever down there. I mean it makes sense to leave someone here for whatever may come up that isn't us. Barendd knew that Kit wasn't in this journey for the adventure, and honestly thought that Kit going down the hole wouldn't be something he would necessarily enjoy, but with the weird feelings that the Inn seemed to be giving everyone he honestly felt Kit would be best with the group. Perhaps reverse psychology would work. His days as an enforcer taught him it was easier for people to change their mind than it was to change it for them.
Nov 22, 2017 12:33 pm
Iman crouches down and picks up a pile of dirt and rubs it around his hands to help his grip of the rope for the journey down.

Well, shall we?he asks as he ties his share of the rope too the others.

Len Inactive for 1 months

Nov 22, 2017 9:25 pm
OOC:
This assumes everyone is going in, but if anyone want to stay at the top, feel free to say so.
The party secures their combined rope to the stair foundation and one-by-one makes their way into the earth. You find that the part of the shaft that gave off a shine is a circular, golden door set into the cave wall, about five feet in diameter. There are no obvious ways to interact with the door (no door knobs or handles) and the whole thing is warm to the touch.
OOC:
If any character wants to interact with the door, please feel free to do so. To save time, I'll also describe what the bottom of the shaft looks like.
Once you get to the bottom, you find yourselves in what appears to be a natural cave system with smooth, water-worn surfaces from floor to ceiling. Your vision is limited to 20 feet in any direction due to a hot fog that permeates the air down here that smells of sulfur. Inspecting your immediate surroundings, you find that the walls, floors, and ceiling are laced with black, root-like cords about as thick as an elf's wrist.

The cave tunnel continues off to the west, which you note is the direction of the giant black hand statue, and to the east, where you hear the sound of distant rushing water. The root-like things continue on in both directions.
Nov 22, 2017 9:29 pm
Huh, a door with no way to open it? Barendd takes out one of his hand axes and half heatedly knocks on the door with the blunt end of his axe.

Len Inactive for 1 months

Nov 22, 2017 9:58 pm
Starrbeardo says:
Huh, a door with no way to open it? Barendd takes out one of his hand axes and half heatedly knocks on the door with the blunt end of his axe.
The axe makes a solid, metalic thunk indicating it is very thick. Your Dwarven understanding of metals and materials comes into play here; you suspect the doors is not solid gold, but only gold-plated. The base metal itself is likely an iron alloy, but the sound has a strange accent that you can't identify.
Nov 22, 2017 11:50 pm
Curious, before we go one way or another I'd like to look more into this door. See if there's a lock to pick, or if I might be able to pry it open with my crowbar. It isn't sold gold, but it's quite ornate and I'd like to know what's behind it.
OOC:
Should I roll perception, or intelligence? Would this be considered stonecunning at all?
Nov 23, 2017 12:20 am
Starrbeardo says:
Barendd knew that Kit wasn't in this journey for the adventure, and honestly thought that Kit going down the hole wouldn't be something he would necessarily enjoy, but with the weird feelings that the Inn seemed to be giving everyone he honestly felt Kit would be best with the group. Perhaps reverse psychology would work.
OOC:
By this time, Barendd would realize that the best way to get Kit to go along with something is to appeal to his vanity. Or make him think he could get a play out of it. Keep in mind, though, that it has to be convincing. He's vain and not terribly wise, but he is rather intelligent.
Kit scoffs at Barendd's obvious attempt to frighten him. Though poor, the townsfolk seem to survive just fine without hurling themselves into the bowels of the earth. I doubt there is aught above to fear worse than that below. As his companions begin the climb down and the sheriff heads back, Kit glances back and forth between the two. Other than the Kenku with his remarkable mimicry, the others are hardly suited to the theater. Even so, their time together on the road and the performances they have helped Kit stage have made them all as dear to him as the troupe he left behind. He has no desire to seek adventure and looks at the retreating back of the sheriff. He has less desire to be thought of as one who would abandon his friends and looks as the last of his companions disappear into the gaping maw of the unknown.

He sighs with a projection designed to reach the back rows, flings his cloak aside with great flourish, and eases himself over the side of the hole.

As Kit lowers himself down the rope, sweat pours off his face, stinging his eyes and soaking his goatee. He is not used to physical exertions of any sort, let alone climbing down a steaming shaft by corded rope. His hands slip and he barks out laughter that borders on hysteria. He closes his eyes and breathes heavily, waiting for the panic to pass. When it doesn't, he realizes this will only end when he is at the bottom. One way or another.

When he gets to the golden door, he begins to take a hand off the rope to touch the shining surface, muttering, Put forth thy hand, reach at the glorious gold. He quickly thinks better of it and re-tightens his grip. There is thy gold, worse poison to men's souls.

By the time he reaches the bottom, Kit is spent. He falls on his back, panting. His hands are red and raw and curled as if they still grip the rope. His voice is rasping and making noises that only barely resemble words.
OOC:
I'm rolling a voluntary Con save for exhaustion. Kit has an 8 strength, and even though the group has been walking the roads for weeks, this kind of physical exertion is completely foreign to him. The life of an adventurer has been thrust upon him and is not something he ever would have sought out for himself.

Rolls

Con save - (1d20+2)

(10) + 2 = 12

Nov 23, 2017 12:27 am
Glad you decided to join us Kit. Catch your breath as we look about.
Nov 23, 2017 12:36 am
Kit stares up at Barendd and lets loose with some truly horrid wheezing, gasping, and coughing that sounds remarkably like a string of vile invectives.
Nov 23, 2017 12:39 am
Have a sip of you'd like. Maybe it'll help you collect yourself.
Barendd offers his waterskin to Kit which he filled with watered down wine. So now it's something as thirst quenching as it is slightly inebriating.
Nov 23, 2017 9:20 am
Following his companions, Pageflap also stops by the door. Keeping a tight grip with his talons, he investigates the door. Keeping in mind Barennd's description of its composition. Having hollow bones, he doesn't have much trouble holding himself up on the rope, but there are still three more guys coming down so once he's given the door a quick investigation he goes the rest of the way down.

Noticing the direction the tunnel at the bottom, his anticipation suddenly flares up, as well as some apprehension about what it could mean about the slugs. Pageflap tightens his grip on his staff.
OOC:
Forgot that Kit went down last. Retconning it so imagine that this post came before that one.
Last edited November 23, 2017 11:08 pm

Rolls

Rolling for Investigation - (1d20+5)

(2) + 5 = 7

Len Inactive for 1 months

Nov 24, 2017 5:25 am
Pageflap discerns no new information about the golden door. Perhaps its secrets lie hidden elsewhere.
Nov 24, 2017 11:38 am
Without much vision because of the fog, Iman starts walking a little ahead of the group With one hand on the wall, and the other holding his weapon, just in case something comes out of the fog.
We need to pace ourselves down here, there may not be a way out other than climbing back up, so reserving some strength is probably best. If anything comes at ya down here, we need to make sure we take care of it quick. Any chance we can deal with this fog?
Nov 25, 2017 8:55 pm
Pageflap shakes his head no, he doesn't have a spell for something like this. He follows behind Iman at a safe distance, his grip on his staff tight and his Mage Armor spell ready to be cast
Nov 25, 2017 10:53 pm
Damn. Well perhaps we can find the way to the other side of the golden door somewhere through these tunnels, let’s press on, we can’t stay too long down here.
Last edited November 25, 2017 10:54 pm

Len Inactive for 1 months

Nov 25, 2017 11:19 pm
lenpelletier says:
The cave tunnel continues off to the west, which you note is the direction of the giant black hand statue, and to the east, where you hear the sound of distant rushing water. The root-like things continue on in both directions.
OOC:
Not sure which way you guys are heading. I'll just pick a direction for you for now.
With sweat dripping down their brows, the party heads down the eastbound tunnel, toward the sound of rushing water. There are slight twists and elevation gains and losses, but it generally keeps to the same bearing. After about a hundred feet, you notice that the roots are getting thicker, and shortly after you see ahead that a clump of the roots form into something like a big, black mass, like a cancerous tumour. It is quietly throbbing.

The tunnel continues beyond the knot, the sound of rushing water becoming thunderous. You are sure you are not far from some kind of waterfall or whirlpool.
Nov 25, 2017 11:26 pm
Well that doesn't look good.aybe this has something to do with the dried well. Let me see if I can see anything in that mass.

Rolls

Checking the roots. - (1d20+3)

(10) + 3 = 13

Len Inactive for 1 months

Nov 25, 2017 11:30 pm
On closer inspection, the black roots appear to be fleshy. Like tentacles. They too appear to be slightly throbbing in time with the mass up ahead.
Nov 26, 2017 1:31 am
Hey Pageflap, do these roots seem similar to the slug that attacked you?

Len Inactive for 1 months

Nov 26, 2017 1:44 am
OOC:
There is an undeniable similarity.
Nov 26, 2017 1:51 am
Pageflap gives a nod, while thinking about the Burning Hands spell and considering its usefulness.
Nov 26, 2017 8:59 am
Wait a minute... so if these roots right here are what that slug was back in the Inn, then that one we saw was definitely not any queen...
Nov 27, 2017 2:05 am
As Pageflap begins inching closer to the roots, he waves his staff around himself. Focusing, he draws the arcane strength of cured leather from his orb while speaking his old name, a knife weekly hitting some armor. Protected by his Mage Armor, he pulls out a torch and pokes the root from as far away as he can.

Len Inactive for 1 months

Nov 27, 2017 6:29 am
The fleshy root writhes at the touch of the wizard's staff, a motion which reverberates its way up to the cancerous node. When the writhing motion reaches the node, it unexpectedly opens up like a blooming flower.

The reverberations begin coursing down all the other roots that are connected to the node, spreading out around the party's feet and above their heads.

As this is happening, four black grubs emerge from the node and fall to the ground, resembling Pageflap's visitor last night. They open slime-filled orifices and let out ungodly screams.

Rolling initiative!

Rolls

Initiative for Iman, Pageflap, Kit, Raishe, Barendd, Aegar - (1d20+2, 1d20+3, 1d20+3, 1d20-1, 1d20+2, 1d20+2)

1d20+2 : (19) + 2 = 21

1d20+3 : (7) + 3 = 10

1d20+3 : (9) + 3 = 12

1d20-1 : (8) - 1 = 7

1d20+2 : (1) + 2 = 3

1d20+2 : (5) + 2 = 7

Len Inactive for 1 months

Nov 27, 2017 6:44 am
ROUND 1
INITIATIVE ORDER
1. Iman, Kit
2. Four Grubs (at front rank), Four tentacles (2 at the back rank, 2 at the front rank)
3. Pageflap, Raishe, Barendd, Aegar

BATTLE FEATURES: Make use of these features narratively. If you do something cool with the features I might grant inspiration or a one-time advantage. Monsters can also make use of these features.

1. Steamy fog
2. Black, cancerous mass

FORMATION: I'm assuming we have Barendd and Aegar at the front rank, Raishe and Iman in the middle rank, and Kit and Pageflap at the bank rank. Let me know in the OOC chat if that's off.
Nov 27, 2017 2:54 pm
Oh dear! Kit exclaims. Though not as terrifying as a group of armed bandits, fighting wormy grubs is not in his milieu. He backs up a couple steps and waves his fingers at one of them, which is suddenly covered in a shower of sparks.
OOC:
Casting Prestidigitation to cause a harmless shower of sparks to fall over one of the slugs as a help action. The next person to attack the slug does so with advantage (assuming this use of Prestidigitation is cool with Len).

Len Inactive for 1 months

Nov 27, 2017 3:45 pm
OOC:
Sounds good, McDunno
As Kit casts a spell, the party witnesses a dark wave of violaceous energy that spreads through the black roots, emanating from Kit and spreading down the tunnel in both directions. The cancerous mass from which the grubs came from surges brighter than the rest.
OOC:
Note: forgot to add Black, Cancerous Mass to the battlefield features. Now edited.
Nov 27, 2017 4:14 pm
What is that noise?! Iman exclaims while covering his ears as the screeches echoes through the tunnel.
Ill let you guys handle those grubs, Crow seems to know how to deal with them, and maybe Mr. Dwarf can get a clean hit with Marlowe's help, Iman jests at Barendd.

Iman goes into a rage! Seeing that the range of the tentacles can be unpredictable, he chooses to charge at these first. Charging through the steamy fog with one arm shielding his face, he focuses on the tentacle on the left. Iman grabs the end of his halberd with both hands and attempts a sweep at the base of the tentacle to chop it right off!
OOC:
Im assuming the tentacles are coming out of the ground. Also forgot to mention that Iman positioned himself 10 ft. away from the tentacle when making the sweep.
Iman makes a clean hit, catches his balance and walks back 5 ft while maintaining a defensive stance.
Last edited November 27, 2017 4:31 pm

Rolls

Regular Attack on Tentacle - (1d20+5)

(17) + 5 = 22

Attack with Inspiration! - (1d20+5)

(10) + 5 = 15

Sweeping attack on Left tentacle at front rank - (1d10+5)

(5) + 5 = 10

Nov 27, 2017 7:02 pm
Aegar brandishes his shield in his left hand, and his battle-ax in his right. He hasn't felt such a rush of adrenaline since his days in the service of the Empire, but he was too naive back then; too worried of losing all he had earned. Today Aegar felt no sense of such worry, he stood his ground more confident than he had in years. Holding his shield in place, he readies his axe for any slugs or tentacles that enter is range. He shouts out to the group Get in tight boys! These bloody slugs aren't going to make this one easy!

Len Inactive for 1 months

Nov 27, 2017 7:25 pm
Iman's strike leaves a deep gash in the fleshy tentacle whipping at the party's feet. Violet slime sprays out of the wound, but it continues to writhe threateningly.

Len Inactive for 1 months

Nov 27, 2017 7:28 pm
The grubs run headlong into the front ranks, spitting acid from their orifice. Their ferocity breaks through Barendd and Aegar's defences.

Barendd takes 7 acid damage, Aegar takes 3 acid damage.

Rolls

2 attacks against Barendd - (1d20+1, 1d20+1)

1d20+1 : (1) + 1 = 2

1d20+1 : (18) + 1 = 19

2 attacks against Aegar - (1d20+1, 1d20+1)

1d20+1 : (18) + 1 = 19

1d20+1 : (12) + 1 = 13

Acid damage on Barendd - (1d6+1)

(6) + 1 = 7

Acid damage on Aegar - (1d6+1)

(2) + 1 = 3

Len Inactive for 1 months

Nov 27, 2017 7:48 pm
The tentacles whip out, striking all around them. Raishe fends off the two front monstrosities with his shield while Kit gracefully sidesteps a third, but Pageflap is caught flatfooted as tentacle wraps around his leg and squeezes.
OOC:
Note: they have a reach of 10 feet
Pageflap takes 5 damage and is grappled.
OOC:
Grappled creatures use movement, but can otherwise do all other combat actions normally such as attack or cast spells. To break a grapple, you can use an action to roll an athletics check to see if you can break their hold with brute strength. Killing the grappler works too :)
OOC:
Note to G3rmanicus: only movement will trigger your polearm 1d4 reaction attack opportunity attack, not attacks. But, I'll give it to you if the tentacles attack YOU specifically, because that would look cool :) In general, I want you to get the most out of your ability.

Rolls

Front: 2 attack on Raishe - (1d20+3, 1d20+3)

1d20+3 : (7) + 3 = 10

1d20+3 : (11) + 3 = 14

Rear: 1 attacks Kit, other attacks Pageflap - (1d20+3, 1d20+3)

1d20+3 : (7) + 3 = 10

1d20+3 : (16) + 3 = 19

Bludgeoning damage on Pageflap - (1d6+1)

(4) + 1 = 5

Len Inactive for 1 months

Nov 27, 2017 8:09 pm
OOC:
Time for Aegar, Barendd, Pageflap, and Raishe to take their turns.
Nov 27, 2017 8:13 pm
lenpelletier says:
OOC:
To break a grapple, you can use an action to roll an athletics check to see if you can break their hold with brute strength. Killing the grappler works too :)
OOC:
You can also use a Dexterity (Acrobatics) check to escape a grapple.
Last edited November 27, 2017 8:13 pm
Nov 27, 2017 8:25 pm
lenpelletier says:
OOC:
Note to G3rmanicus: only movement will trigger your polearm 1d4 reaction attack, not attacks.
OOC:
The reaction attack is a regular attack of opportunity. The 1d4 attack is the bonus action attack with the blunt end of the polearm.

Also, G3rmanicus, you need to roll damage for Iman's attack (I'm assuming a 22 hits). It's best to roll your damage at the same time you roll your attack to save time in PbP.
Nov 27, 2017 9:41 pm
Argh, these slugs are nasty
Barendd takes a large sweeping backhand swing with his off hand and follows with a large sweeping swing with his dominant hand hoping to cleave one or two of the slugs in half with his handaxes.

Rolls

Backhand axe strike - (1d20+5)

(14) + 5 = 19

Forehand axe strike - (1d20+5)

(14) + 5 = 19

Damage backhand - (1d6+3)

(2) + 3 = 5

Damage forehand - (1d6+3)

(2) + 3 = 5

Len Inactive for 1 months

Nov 27, 2017 10:12 pm
You slam your axes into the slug and gruesomely cleave the hideous monster. In it's death throes, the creature's acid sac errupts and sprays acid 5 feet in every direction!
OOC:
Barendd and Aegar, make a dexterity saving throw, DC 11. To do so, roll 1d20 + your dex saving throw modifier. If you get a total of 10 or less, you take full damage (1 acid damage this time). Otherwise, you take no damage.

Rolls

Corpse acid expulsion - (1d4)

(1) = 1

Nov 27, 2017 10:12 pm
Aegar is hurriedly trying to brush off the acid from his clothing when he see's Pageflap stumble as he gains his balance, after being grabbed by a tentacle. Aegar feels the adrenaline coursing through him as he charges over to assist his friend. In a heavy blow, he swings his battle-ax down in an attempt to cut off the tentacle.

Rolls

Battle Ax Melee Attack - (1d20+5)

(14) + 5 = 19

Damage (if hit) - (1d8+5)

(5) + 5 = 10

Len Inactive for 1 months

Nov 27, 2017 10:23 pm
Aegar's ax sinks deep into the tentacle, purple blood spurting from the wound. But, it stubbornly clings to Pageflap's leg.
OOC:
Good tactics to try to free Pageflap, Daykinator! But, it is still alive and the grapple still holds. Note that you need to roll a dex saving throw as per this post, which I didn't finish editing until you posted yours.

Len Inactive for 1 months

Nov 27, 2017 10:28 pm
OOC:
I suppose that Aegar moving away from the grubs that attacked him could have triggered two opportunity attacks, but i'll let it slide because I forgot. Posting this just for reference to inform future tactics.
Nov 27, 2017 10:33 pm
McDunno says:
lenpelletier says:
OOC:
Note to G3rmanicus: only movement will trigger your polearm 1d4 reaction attack, not attacks.
OOC:
The reaction attack is a regular attack of opportunity. The 1d4 attack is the bonus action attack with the blunt end of the polearm.

Also, G3rmanicus, you need to roll damage for Iman's attack (I'm assuming a 22 hits). It's best to roll your damage at the same time you roll your attack to save time in PbP.
Yeah I forgot to this time :(
Nov 27, 2017 10:58 pm
"Oh shit Acid"

Rolls

Dex save from acid - (1d20+2)

(7) + 2 = 9

Nov 28, 2017 4:51 am
It was amazing how quickly it took Pageflap to realize what a bad idea it was to poke the root. Pain shot up his leg and he gave out a squawk as he tries to focus on the moment. Feeling dizzy from the pain, he realizes that another attack like that would probably knock him out, mage armor or no.

Much of his focus suddenly comes back to him all of a sudden. Looking towards the suddenly loosened tentacle, he sees Aegar's ax embedded into its flesh. Taking that moment, he reaches towards the tentacle with his talons, the sound of static emanating from his throat.
OOC:
If this kills the tentacle I'll edit in Pageflap retreating from it, unless I can do something else to escape it due to it being shocked
Last edited November 28, 2017 4:53 am

Rolls

Shoking Grasp attempt - (1d20+5)

(11) + 5 = 16

Damage if hit - (1d8)

(6) = 6

Len Inactive for 1 months

Nov 28, 2017 5:45 am
Pageflap sends a jolt of electricity through his talons and arcing through the tentacle. It spasms wildly, then crumbles into ash, falling away from your leg.

You can't help but notice that the network of tentacle roots pulse with violaceous light as you cast the spell, this time brighter than when Kit cast prestidigitation. Similarly to Kit's experience, the cancerous mass from which the grubs came from surges brightly, then subsides.
OOC:
If you run away, Pageflap will take an attack of opportunity from one tentacle. Let me know if you want to take the risk, Jacketch.

Len Inactive for 1 months

Nov 28, 2017 6:00 am
OOC:
Daykinator, I'm just going to do your saving throw now so we don't forget, and so you don't have to read through 100 posts to catch up. Result: you succeeded and took no additional damage.
Aegar narrowly dodged out of the way of the acid from the dying grub.

Rolls

Dex saving throw to avoid corpse explosion acid - (1d20+2)

(12) + 2 = 14

Nov 28, 2017 12:23 pm
You are fighting me! Iman yells at the front rank of tentacles who failed to attack the team's cleric.

He moves forward 5 ft towards the same tentacle he attacked and makes another sideways chop to the opposite side he gashed earlier in attempt to finish it off, and following through with a bludgeoning attack with the end of his polearm as a bonus.
OOC:
This is assumed to take action after Raishe makes his move
Last edited November 28, 2017 12:23 pm

Rolls

Attack on same tentacle to finish it off! (hopefully) - (1d20+5)

(16) + 5 = 21

Damage of regular attack if hit - (1d10+5)

(6) + 5 = 11

Damage for bonus attack if if - (1d4+5)

(1) + 5 = 6

Attack for Bonus Action - (1d20+5)

(10) + 5 = 15

Nov 28, 2017 2:54 pm
Pageflap was planning on backing away, but seeing the spare tentacle wave in his direction changed his mind.
Nov 28, 2017 2:54 pm
Kit nearly screams as the tentacle lashing out at him brushes passed. He stumbles back a few more steps and then actually does scream, but it sounds like it's coming from behind the tentacled creature.
OOC:
Casting Minor Illusion to project the sound of a scream from behind the tentacled creature to distract it, giving the Help Action to the next person to attack it (roll with advantage).

Remember, guys, the next person to attack the tentacle creature rolls their attack twice and takes the highest roll. No one took an advantage roll from Kit's last Help Action.
OOC:
@G3rmanicus: You have to roll a separate attack for your polearm bludgeoning attack.
Last edited November 28, 2017 2:54 pm
Nov 28, 2017 4:17 pm
OOC:
How far am I positioned away from the large mass? Im assuming it is what is controlling the tentacles, so I'm guessing it would be somewhat positioned towards the back of the ranks.

Len Inactive for 1 months

Nov 28, 2017 4:57 pm
OOC:
The large mass is in your immediate area if you'd like to attack it or interact with it in some way.

Len Inactive for 1 months

Nov 28, 2017 5:26 pm
Raishe raises his holy symbol and infuses Barendd with healing energy. Barendd feels the touch of the divine, filling him with exuberance and zeal.
OOC:
Raishe uses his bonus action to cast Healing Word on Barendd (healing 7 hp) and uses his Action to Help Barendd, giving him advantage on his next attack roll.

Rolls

Healing word cast on Barendd - (1d4+6)

(1) + 6 = 7

Len Inactive for 1 months

Nov 28, 2017 5:32 pm
Again, Kit and Raishe's spells reverberate energy through the root network, pulsing the Node. You can see it has grown in size.

Iman's halberd cleaves through the tentacle assailing his friends. It bursts into a cloud of ash before the appendage hits the ground.

Len Inactive for 1 months

Nov 28, 2017 5:40 pm
ROUND 2

Two tentacles remain, one at the back rank, and one at the front. Three grubs are still alive, all chomping at the front ranks. The cancerous mass swells and throbs more menacingly.
INITIATIVE ORDER
1. Iman, Kit
2. Three Grubs (at front rank), 2 tentacles (1 at the back rank, 1 at the front rank)
3. Pageflap, Raishe, Barendd, Aegar

BATTLE FEATURES: Make use of these features narratively. If you do something cool with the features I might grant inspiration or a one-time effect. Monsters can also make use of these features.

1. Steamy fog
2. Black, cancerous mass (4 surges)

FORMATION:

Front: Barendd, Aegar
Middle: Raishe, Iman
Back: Kit, Pageflap

Len Inactive for 1 months

Nov 28, 2017 5:42 pm
The grubs hungrily attack, spewing acid toward the front ranks but the warriors are ready for them. The acid falls harmlessly against Aegar's stalwart shield and Barendd's raised axes.

Raishe continues to fend off the tentacle at the front, but the rear tentacle manages to gets a hold of Kit.
OOC:
Kit takes 5 bludgeoning damage and is grappled

On to Pageflap, Raishe, Barendd, and Aegar's turns

Rolls

Grubs, 1 attack vs. Barendd; 2 attacks vs. Aegar - (1d20+1, 1d20+1, 1d20+1)

1d20+1 : (3) + 1 = 4

1d20+1 : (7) + 1 = 8

1d20+1 : (6) + 1 = 7

Tentacles, 1 attack vs. Kit, 1 attack vs. Raishe - (1d20+3, 1d20+3)

1d20+3 : (17) + 3 = 20

1d20+3 : (9) + 3 = 12

Tentacle bludgeoning damage on Kit - (1d20+1)

(12) + 1 = 13

Bludgeoning damage on Kit take 2 - (1d6+1)

(4) + 1 = 5

Nov 28, 2017 6:51 pm
Thanks holy man. Chopping didn't seem to be a great option I'll try something else.
Barendd takes two swings at the grubs using the flat side of his axes, not unlike a golf swing. Aiming for the center of the body of the grubs, hitting them toward the mass, hoping to either kill the grubs or create some separation between the party and their attackers.

Rolls

First golf swing with axe. - (1d20+5)

(9) + 5 = 14

First golf swing with axe. (Advantage) - (1d20+5)

(4) + 5 = 9

Second golf swing - (1d20+5)

(17) + 5 = 22

Damage 1st swing - (1d6+3)

(3) + 3 = 6

Damage 2nd swing - (1d6+3)

(5) + 3 = 8

Nov 28, 2017 7:05 pm
The tentacle hits Kit square on. There is a look of shock on his face as he freezes for a split second and a large welt appears on his body. He then turns and runs. The Dancing Lights that had been illuminating the area flicker and go out completely as he loses his concentration on the spell.
OOC:
Disengaging and moving 30' back from whence we came.
Total HP - 3 / 8
Hit Dice
d8 - 1 / 1
Spell Slots
2 / 2
Last edited November 28, 2017 7:06 pm

Rolls

Concentration save - (1d20)

(9) = 9

Nov 28, 2017 9:50 pm
This is becoming tiresome, it is time to end this! Im going for the beastie itself. Aegar shouts to the group. He yanks his axe from where it lay at the stump of a the tentacle that grabbed Pageflap. Using his momentum he swings hard at the large mass that he believes to be controlling the tentacles.

Rolls

Melee attack on the Mass - (1d20+5)

(8) + 5 = 13

Damage (If Success) - (1d8+5)

(4) + 5 = 9

Nov 28, 2017 9:58 pm
Not liking how big the black, cancerous mass is getting, Pageflap pulls out his dagger and opts to instead stab at the tentacle that just hit Kit.

Rolls

Dagger attack with finesse - (1d20+5)

(7) + 5 = 12

If hit (piercing) - (1d4+3)

(3) + 3 = 6

Nov 28, 2017 10:05 pm
OOC:
@Daykinator: You get advantage from Kit's help action. Roll your attack again.
Nov 28, 2017 10:07 pm
McDunno says:
OOC:
@Daykinator: You get advantage from Kit's help action. Roll your attack again.
OOC:
Ah thanks! I totally meant to use that.

Rolls

Advantage Melee Attack - (1d20+5)

(11) + 5 = 16

Len Inactive for 1 months

Nov 30, 2017 12:03 am
Barendd lines up two grubs and knocks them back 15 feet into the mist. They go squish as they hit against the wall, but from the sounds of their screaming you figure they're still alive.

Aegar's sword strikes the mass, sending ripples through all the roots attached to it. The wound leaks bioluminescent purple slime. It is clearly still 'alive,' if that is the right word for it.

Pageflap's dagger misses the mark as the slimy tentacle whips around.

When Kit's lights go out, the dark cavern is only illuminated by the glowing violet energy of the mass, which diffuses eerily into the fog.
OOC:
Kit, you have the grappled condition and therefore cannot move. Feel free to repost a different action
OOC:
Going to give Ramen until 8pm pst before botting his move. Iman, if you wanted to take your round 3 turn while you're waiting like Kit did, that would be good.
Nov 30, 2017 12:48 am
OOC:
Is the tentacle that is grappling Kit the one with the advantage help? Or has that phased out already?

Len Inactive for 1 months

Nov 30, 2017 12:51 am
OOC:
Sure, go ahead and roll with advantage
Nov 30, 2017 12:54 am
OOC:
So one grub is dead two are hit against the wall.
That leaves one left ankle to attack at present? And there is one or two tentacles left? Plus the mass is bleeding?

Len Inactive for 1 months

Nov 30, 2017 4:59 am
Raishe incants a healing spell, this time sending it Kit's way. The touch of the divine is electrifying.

The roots surge with energy, too.
OOC:
Raishe uses his action to Help Kit, and casts Healing Word, targeting Kit restoring him to max HP.

Rolls

Healing Word on Kit - (1d4+6)

(1) + 6 = 7

Len Inactive for 1 months

Nov 30, 2017 5:04 am
ROUND 3
Two tentacles remain, one at the back rank (grappling Kit), and one at the front. Three grubs are still alive; one is chomping at the front ranks, while the other two have been thrown back into the mist, screaming in pain from their injuries. The cancerous mass continues to swell and throb ever more menacingly. The tunnel is now dark, save for the eerie purple glow from the cancerous mass.
INITIATIVE ORDER
1. Iman, Kit (grappled)
2. 1 grub (at front rank), 2 grubs (taken 6 & 8 damage) 15 feet down the tunnel, 2 tentacles (1 at the back rank, 1 at the front rank)
3. Pageflap, Raishe, Barendd, Aegar

BATTLE FEATURES: Make use of these features narratively. If you do something cool with the features I might grant inspiration or a one-time effect. Monsters can also make use of these features.

1. Steamy fog
2. Black, cancerous mass (5 surges, taken 9 damage)

FORMATION:

Front: Barendd, Aegar
Middle: Raishe, Iman
Back: Kit, Pageflap
OOC:
Go ahead and take your turns, Kit and Iman, Kit, note that you previously posted an action for round 3 but it was not possible because you were grappled.
Nov 30, 2017 9:36 am
lenpelletier says:
OOC:
Kit, you have the grappled condition and therefore cannot move. Feel free to repost a different action
OOC:
Whoops! Missed that!
OOC:
Reposting here rather than editing.
The tentacle hits Kit square on. There is a look of shock on his face as he freezes for a split second and a large welt appears on his body. The Dancing Lights that had been illuminating the area flicker and go out completely as he loses his concentration on the spell. He struggles frantically against the tentacle.
OOC:
If Kit breaks free, he'll run, taking the OA.
EDIT:
OOC:
Nice to see my terrible rolls extend to every game! Consistency is important.
Total HP - 3 / 8
Hit Dice
d8 - 1 / 1
Spell Slots
2 / 2
Last edited November 30, 2017 9:38 am

Rolls

Acrobatics (I Want to Break Free!) - (1d20+5)

(3) + 5 = 8

Nov 30, 2017 9:41 am
After receiving some healing energy, Kit's panic subsides a bit, though he still struggles to free himself.
OOC:
Ha ha! Beautiful!
Last edited November 30, 2017 9:41 am

Rolls

Acrobatics (I Want to Break Free!) - (1d20+5)

(3) + 5 = 8

Nov 30, 2017 12:32 pm
Just as Iman is about to charge towards the tentacle flinging Kit about in the air, he hesitates seeing the two grubs are now in his way. Iman walks closer to his allies to position himself just out of the reach of the grubs, centering himself between the two in the middle rank, so that he can fend off any of these three if they decide to melee attack anyone in the party.
OOC:
Iman is centralized in the middle of the grubs' positions, about 7.5' behind the front rank grub, and 7.5' in front of the middle rank grubs.
Thinking that he has the grubs somewhat in check now, he focuses back at the tentacle grappling Kit. Iman pulls out a javelin and hurls it towards the lower half of the tentacle.

Rolls

Javelin throw to hit Tentacle - (1d20+5)

(15) + 5 = 20

Advantage on attack to Tentacle - (1d20+5)

(17) + 5 = 22

Damage if hit with Javelin - (1d6+5)

(1) + 5 = 6

Nov 30, 2017 10:58 pm
Seeking to free Aegar from his predicament Raishe decides on taking as hard a swing as he can at the tentacle with his mace.
Last edited December 1, 2017 2:02 am

Rolls

Melee attack with mace. - (1d20+4)

(15) + 4 = 19

Damge if hit. - (1d6+2)

(2) + 2 = 4

Len Inactive for 1 months

Nov 30, 2017 11:56 pm
After drawing blood, the tentacles and grubs immediately swarm against Aegar. He manages to fend them all off except for the last tentacle, which gets a strangle hold on his leg.
OOC:
Aegar takes 6 bludgeoning damage and is grappled, which means you can't move.

Rolls

Tentacles attack Aegar - (1d20+3, 1d20+3)

1d20+3 : (12) + 3 = 15

1d20+3 : (10) + 3 = 13

Grubs attack Aegar - (1d20+1, 1d20+1, 1d20+1)

1d20+1 : (9) + 1 = 10

1d20+1 : (4) + 1 = 5

1d20+1 : (10) + 1 = 11

Tentacle bludgeoning damage on Aegar - (1d6+1)

(5) + 1 = 6

Len Inactive for 1 months

Dec 1, 2017 12:02 am
Raishe's mace smashes into the base of the tentacle assailing Aegar, but it maintains it hold.
OOC:
Pageflap, Barendd, and Aegar's turns are next :)
Dec 1, 2017 12:09 am
Seeing all the grubs and tentacles group up together in a close and clustered crowd, Pageflap takes his chance. Deciding to risk another surge, he materializes an ice knife and throws it into them, focusing his aim so that the knife lands at least 5 feet away from his allies and 5 feet within as many enemies as he can get, while also trying to get the knife to pierce the healthiest looking enemy.

He'll show these grubs not to pick a fight with a bird.
Last edited December 1, 2017 12:10 am

Rolls

Ice Knife Attack - (1d20+5)

(14) + 5 = 19

If hit (piercing) - (1d10)

(5) = 5

Cold explosion - (2d6)

(62) = 8

Dec 1, 2017 12:34 am
Seeing the tentacles and grubs centralizing Barendd turns his attention to the mass oozing the glowing slime.
Those surges seem weird, let's see if we can put a stop to it.
Barendd rears back, arching his back to slam two blows with his handaxes at the glowing mass.

Rolls

First axe attack - (1d20+5)

(13) + 5 = 18

Second axe attack - (1d20+5)

(10) + 5 = 15

damage first - (1d6+3)

(5) + 3 = 8

damage second - (1d6+3)

(3) + 3 = 6

Len Inactive for 1 months

Dec 1, 2017 5:05 am
Pageflap's ice knife crashes into the healthiest of the grubs, and fractures into a thousand shards, shining violet in the mass's glow. They impale the other two grubs, the ice spreading through their bodies and causing them to shriek as they die. You notice, much to Aegar's relief, that they don't explode into acid after freezing to death.
OOC:
2 grubs down, 1 to go!
The mass surges again with the casting of the spell and is now quite bright, and throbbing like a heart beat. Barendd wastes no time and wails on the mass, his axes hitting the thing with sicking thuds. Bioluminescent blood sprays all over the tunnel.

Rolls

Dex save - (1d20+1, 1d20+1)

1d20+1 : (6) + 1 = 7

1d20+1 : (4) + 1 = 5

Dec 1, 2017 5:33 am
With the tentacle releasing him, Kit's initial panic has eased, though he still backs away from it. He begins to notice how the creature that struck him has been reacting to magic. I say, Pageflap! That squiddy thing seems to pulse brighter when magic is used! What do you make of it?
OOC:
Kit's not proficient in Arcana, so he's taking the Help Action to give Pageflap advantage on an Arcana check to see if he can figure out what this thing's doing and how it can be defeated. If this doesn't use up an Action, Kit will re-cast Dancing Lights.
Dec 1, 2017 5:58 am
Pageflap is torn from his internal victory gloating by Kit's voice. He was already planning on taking quick inventory in his head on what he knew about those grubs, but the thespian's call urged him to really focus on the task. He did spend a bit of time last night and this morning flipping through pages to see what he knew, but he may have heard more about them in the past....

He starts preparing to look it up when he has the chance.
OOC:
This move to be performed on Round 4
Last edited December 1, 2017 12:26 pm

Rolls

Arcana Check - (1d20+5)

(17) + 5 = 22

With Advantage! - (1d20+5)

(2) + 5 = 7

Dec 1, 2017 3:18 pm
Seeing how Kit is now free, Iman leaves Pageflap and Kit to handle the weakened tentacle at the rear.

Iman turns to face the front rank to see the last grub within his reach. He waits a brief second just to catch a bit of a shine coming off the mass to give him a clearer sight to make a piercing attack.

Rolls

Attack on last grub - (1d20+5)

(4) + 5 = 9

Damage if hit - (1d10+5)

(1) + 5 = 6

Bonus attack - (1d20+5)

(6) + 5 = 11

Damage if bonus attack hits - (1d4+5)

(4) + 5 = 9

Len Inactive for 1 months

Dec 1, 2017 6:02 pm
Two tentacles remain, one at the back rank (grappling Aegar), and one at the front. A single grub remains alive, engaged with Aegar.

Iman's first strike is goes wide, but pulls the tentacle out of position. He takes full advantage, driving the butt end of his halberd into the unprotected base of the gangly thing, and the whole abomination dissolves into ash. At the same time, Kit brings the Dancing lights back on. Even those with Darkvision breathe a bit easier, as the soft warm light dispels the vileness atmosphere of the harsh, violaceous glow of the mass.

With the Ice Knife and Dancing Lights spells, the cancerous mass now throbs feverishly, like a heartbeat of a creature in full sprint. Fluid spurts from all directions, but it glows so brightly now that it competes with Kit's Dancing Lights.

Len Inactive for 1 months

Dec 1, 2017 6:03 pm
ROUND 4
INITIATIVE ORDER
1. Iman*, Kit*
2. 1 grub (at front rank, taken 5 damage) 1 tentacle
3. Pageflap*, Raishe, Barendd, Aegar

* already taken turns this round.

BATTLE FEATURES: Make use of these features narratively. If you do something cool with the features I might grant inspiration or a one-time effect. Monsters can also make use of these features.

1. Steamy fog
2. Black, cancerous mass (7 surges, taken 20 damage)

FORMATION:

Front: Barendd, Aegar
Middle: Raishe, Iman
Back: Kit, Pageflap

Len Inactive for 1 months

Dec 1, 2017 6:04 pm
The remaining grub continues to spit at Aegar, while the tentacle whips around to Barendd to defend the mass. Aegar holds back the grub with his shield, but the tentacle snags Barendd while he is pulling an axe out of the oozing mass.
OOC:
Barendd takes 5 bludgeoning damage and is grappled.

Rolls

Grub attack on Aegar - (1d20+1)

(3) + 1 = 4

Tentacle attack on Barendd - (1d20+3)

(18) + 3 = 21

Tentacle bludgeoning damage on Barendd - (1d6+1)

(4) + 1 = 5

Len Inactive for 1 months

Dec 1, 2017 6:08 pm
Pageflap takes a moment to study the mass.

Len sent a note to Jacketch
OOC:
Jacketch, you can use part of your turn to communicate what you have learned, but you have only enough time for a sentence or two (a round is 6 seconds)

Len Inactive for 1 months

Dec 1, 2017 6:09 pm
OOC:
It's now Barendd, Aegar, and Raishe's turns
Dec 1, 2017 6:33 pm
Panic grips Pageflap'll heart upon learning of what the mass may be. Pointing at it, he plays the clanging bells of alarm the party heard when they entered the village with the bandits in tow. "Are the eggs ready to hatch yet?" he says in a voice several years dead, but useful now for warning his allies of the mass's imminent danger.
Dec 1, 2017 7:30 pm
Eggs? That doesn't seem good. It pulses when spells are cast. If we can I'd focus on physical attacks gents.
Barendd attacks the eggs
Last edited December 1, 2017 7:31 pm

Rolls

First axe attack - (1d20+5)

(5) + 5 = 10

Second axe attack - (1d20+5)

(5) + 5 = 10

Damage of first - (1d6+3)

(5) + 3 = 8

damage second - (1d6)

(6) = 6

Dec 1, 2017 8:51 pm
OOC:
Does the mass's throbbing increase as Kit's Dancing Lights continue or just when the spell is cast?

Len Inactive for 1 months

Dec 1, 2017 9:31 pm
Barendd's attacks are foiled as the final tentacle pulls at him, causing his axes to miss their mark.

Kit notices that the growth surges seem to happen with the casting of the spell. At a glance, there is no noticeable affect of the continuation of the Dancing Lights spell.
OOC:
Aegar and Raishe are up next. 1 tentacle and 1 grub left, and people are attacking the mass as well.
Dec 1, 2017 9:45 pm
Reconsidering casting any more healing spells ,fear strikes at Raishe the moment he hears Pageflaps warning. No more spells or we'll be overrun! Wasting no time Raishe takes a swing at the remaining tentacle.

Rolls

Melee atack with mace. - (1d20+4)

(4) + 4 = 8

Damage if hit. - (1d6+2)

(2) + 2 = 4

Len Inactive for 1 months

Dec 1, 2017 9:54 pm
The tentacle squirms out of the way of Raishe's mighty swing.
OOC:
Aegar's up :)
Dec 2, 2017 5:06 am
Aegar is clearly looking distressed with a tentacle on his leg and a grub attacking him. He hopes that his shield will protect him from the grub in front of him while he works at the tentacle on his leg. With a loud grunt, Aegar pulls his so that the tentacle is pulled tight and takes a mighty swing with his battle axe.

Rolls

Battle Ax Melee Attack - (1d20+5)

(15) + 5 = 20

Dec 2, 2017 5:27 am
OOC:
@Daykinator: Don't forget your damage!

Len Inactive for 1 months

Dec 2, 2017 3:16 pm
Aegar gets a solid hit on the black tentacle, but it holds fast to his leg.
OOC:
Kit and Iman are up

Rolls

Damage - (1d8+5)

(1) + 5 = 6

Dec 2, 2017 3:45 pm
Iman rushes towards the tentacle to try and finish it off before it makes its next attack on Aegar.
OOC:
Iman is positioned 10 ft away from both the grub and the tentacle at the front.
He picks up his halberd in anger and swings it down on the tentacle.
Last edited December 2, 2017 4:16 pm

Rolls

Attack on tentacle - (1d20+5)

(18) + 5 = 23

Damage on tentacle - (1d10+5)

(7) + 5 = 12

Bonus attack on tentacle - (1d20+5)

(16) + 5 = 21

Bonus attack damage - (1d4+5)

(3) + 5 = 8

Dec 2, 2017 3:50 pm
What is this about eggs?! What’s hatching? Crow, what are you going on about?!
OOC:
Also, should Aegars damage only be a +3? +5 would be better for us of course but I’m wondering what I’m missing.
Dec 2, 2017 4:01 pm
Kit, horrified at Pageflap's discovery, shouts, "It's an egg sac, and spellcasting is making it hatch faster!" His companions having done considerable damage to slugs and tentacles, he tentatively steps up and makes a half-hearted poke at the mass with his dagger.
OOC:
Giving the Help action, by way of a little poke, to give advantage to the next person who targets the mass.
G3rmanicus says:
OOC:
Also, should Aegars damage only be a +3? +5 would be better for us of course but I’m wondering what I’m missing.
OOC:
Aegor has the Dueling fighting style, which gives him an extra +2 to his damage rolls.

Len Inactive for 1 months

Dec 2, 2017 6:18 pm
The tentacle collapses into ash, leaving the lone grub and pulsing mass. It strikes desperately at the last person to attach the mass, but Barendd fends it off relatively easily.

In the meantime, the mass is changing. It cracks from within, and a slime-covered appendage emerges; a black, misshapen, three-fingered hand reaches out from the mass, tipped with razor-sharp, serrated claws. Either the mass extends deep into the rock, or it is as much a portal as it is an egg.

Rolls

Grub attacks Barendd - (1d20+1)

(11) + 1 = 12

Len Inactive for 1 months

Dec 2, 2017 6:24 pm
ROUND 5
INITIATIVE ORDER
1. Iman*, Kit*
2. 1 grub (at front rank, taken 5 damage)
3. Pageflap, Raishe, Barendd, Aegar

* already taken turns this round.

BATTLE FEATURES: Make use of these features narratively. If you do something cool with the features I might grant inspiration or a one-time effect. Monsters can also make use of these features.

1. Steamy fog
2. Brightly glowing cancerous mass with hand coming out of it (7 surges, almost destroyed)

FORMATION:

Front: Barendd, Aegar
Middle: Raishe, Iman
Back: Kit, Pageflap
Dec 2, 2017 6:49 pm
No you don't hand!
Barendd uses his two handaxes to chop first at the eggsack portal second at the hand coming out of it.

Rolls

First attack - (1d20+5)

(16) + 5 = 21

Second attack - (1d20+5)

(16) + 5 = 21

First damage - (1d6+3)

(5) + 3 = 8

Second damage - (1d6)

(3) = 3

Len Inactive for 1 months

Dec 2, 2017 7:26 pm
Barendd smashes the mass and it splits open at last, dazzling purple rays blasting out of it as it violent collapses inwardly. The hand retreats, but you get a solid chop on it before it disappears into the mass again, sending a chip of the claw rattling off into the tunnel.

At once, the light stops and the mass sends out a shockwave in its death throes, threatening to knock Barendd backward. It then crumbles to ash.
OOC:
Barendd, do a Strength saving throw (DC 13) to see if you can stay on your feet. If you fail, roll 1d6 bludgeoning damage from the fall. Everybody do a Constitution saving throw (DC 5) for fighting in the heat. If you fail, you gain 1 level of exhaustion.

Len Inactive for 1 months

Dec 2, 2017 7:27 pm
OOC:
Combat over! You beat the bad guys :)
Dec 2, 2017 8:29 pm
Agh, it’s over now. Everyone ok?

Rolls

Constitution saving throw - (1d20+4)

(12) + 4 = 16

Dec 2, 2017 8:43 pm
AH that was a thing gents.

Rolls

Strength save - (1d20+5)

(15) + 5 = 20

Constitution save - (1d20+5)

(16) + 5 = 21

Dec 2, 2017 8:45 pm
Barendd uses his brewers tools to collect some of the purple glowing blood.
This might make some interesting tattoo ink.
Dec 2, 2017 9:56 pm
Tired, Pageflap limps over to where the frozen grubs' remains are and sits down on the floor, pulling out his spellbook to do a bit of studying while everyone talks about what to do next. As the sound of flapping pages fills the air, he points to the blood Barennd is gathering and says,
Barennd says:
"Oh shit Acid."

Rolls

CON save - (1d20+2)

(14) + 2 = 16

Dec 2, 2017 10:40 pm
Getting comfortable by avoiding putting any weight on his injured leg, Pageflap prepares to cast Detect Magic. He opens his spellbook to the correct page and spreads his talons in concentration. Speaking with a bat's echo three times, the ritual to cast the spell begins and will be fully cast in ten minutes.
Dec 2, 2017 10:40 pm
Aye Birdman I understand I'll look into it some before putting it on my skin.
As Barendd finishes collecting his supply he looks around the cave and grabs the claw that he had chopped off the hand coming out of the pulsing mass.
This looks interesting. I'll hold onto it, it could make a good trophy at the very least.
Barendd then wraps the claw in the emblem he had torn from the bandits early and puts it into his boot next to the bolt that had stuck him in the chest.
Dec 2, 2017 11:02 pm
Kit stares at the thing that so recently was attempting to kill him and his companions. Stopping short of hyperventilating, he realizes he isn't breathing and begins to pant, the dagger falling limply from his hands. He stares back at Barendd in disbelief. Tattoos? Trophies! This is insanity! What have you gotten me into? I hired you to get me out of the city and keep me safe! And here I am facing off against a monstrosity that feeds on magic!

He sinks to the floor and holds his head in his hands. Slugs with acid for blood, he mutters. Throbbing egg sacs. Tentacles. So damn hot down here. He looks up with tears in his eyes. My magicks are meant to entertain. To illuminate the human condition. To speak truth to power. I fear I am ill-suited to this life of violence and death.

Rolls

Con save - (1d20+2)

(8) + 2 = 10

Dec 2, 2017 11:08 pm
I'm sorry this isn't to your liking my friend. Perhaps adventures like this, though trying at times, can serve as inspiration to you for a new series of plays. The experience something to draw against to add depth to your already magnificent performances.

Len Inactive for 1 months

Dec 2, 2017 11:14 pm
The claw is surprisingly dagger-like, and feels as strong as steel. You're not sure how you were able to cut it with your axe, and are starting to wonder if you actually did. If set with a handle, it would make quite the wicked weapon. Whatever the case, you are glad that whatever was attached to that hand did not come into our world.

After ten minutes, Pageflap's ritual completes. The talon is definitely radiating magic, as are the 'roots', although the magic is rapidly fading from them. In fact, the roots are slowly turning to ash, radiating outward from where the mass was. Oddly, you cannot decipher the school of magic; the signature is too alien.

There is also a hint of magic ahead, further down the tunnel.
Dec 2, 2017 11:31 pm
Pageflap gets back up and gives a caw to catch the party's attention. He points to the claw and uses prestidigitation to cast a magical aura around his hand to tell them that it is magic. He points deeper into the tunnel to tell them that there is more magic further in.
Dec 2, 2017 11:57 pm
The cleric was sweating quite considerably, chainmail was not proper wear for the underground caverns of a hotspring. I'd say your dancing lights illuminated our condition quite well Marlowe. Says Raishe with a smile.
Last edited December 3, 2017 12:06 am

Rolls

Constitution Save - (1d20+2)

(3) + 2 = 5

Dec 3, 2017 4:29 pm
Aye, Marlowe. Fighting isn’t for everyone. I myself love getting into the thick of things, but it is not something I wish to continue. I have been getting exposed to the "civilized" way of living through you guys and it has been reminding me of what I once had. I want to seek resolve so there can be no more need for people like you to fight, although your actions were very helpful! I will try to stay closer to you in battle to help ward off anything that comes into reach.

Iman wipes off some of the sweat from his forehead, looks at Raishe, then to the party.

Lets find what we can and press forward, there is no time to rest here. The longer we stay the harder it will become. Crow, lead us to the source you have discovered.
Last edited December 3, 2017 4:30 pm

Len Inactive for 1 months

Dec 3, 2017 4:57 pm
The death of the root things is slowly spreading through the root network, reaching about 10 feet now from where the mass was. The air is filling with flakes of ash which hang in the thick air, as if paying tribute to the fallen evil.
OOC:
Note: Aegar auto succeeds based on +4 to con saves. Everyone passed! Next con save will be DC 6.
Dec 3, 2017 8:24 pm
Pageflap casts a small puff of wind with prestidigitation to get some of the ash off of his face. He waves his hand at Barennd and Aegar, Aegar especially, before pointing at his leg and repeating the grubs' hissing. It hurts to stand on and they are pretty injured, so it'd be a bit dangerous to go in case there are more horrors within.

He then holds one hand towards Iman and another towards Raishe, "Lead us to the source." If they are gonna continue, then Pageflap says it would be best for those two to go first. He can lead just fine right behind them, and with his spellbook still in hand he can spend another 10 minutes casting Detect Magic as he follows, refreshing the spell just as it runs out.
Dec 3, 2017 9:07 pm
That makes sense Pageflap, of everyone else is in agreement let us go forth
Dec 3, 2017 9:58 pm
Aegar stolls over to the handaxes Barrend threw and picks them up. He gives a quick look at the blood from whatever the thing attached to that hand was, before handing them back over to Barrend. Im surprised you cut that thing with the blades on these axes. When we get back to the inn, Ill sharpen them the way I was taught back in the Empire. They'll stay sharp for years to come. Aegar looks around at the party and shouts Alright boys and birds! Lets get to the bottom of all this.
Dec 3, 2017 10:26 pm
Very well, follow and don’t get left behind!
Dec 4, 2017 5:06 am
Aye, Aegar, I would appreciate it. I know our encounter with the bandits didn't do much to show off my fighting skills, hopefully this has redeemed me a bit. Raishe you seem a bit winded, should we take a wee break before continuing on. Let everyone catch their breath and find their bearings? Or should we continue on?
Dec 4, 2017 1:55 pm
A bit of perspiration won't deter my spirit. We have just rid our kind hosts of their bug problem, I imagine this should gain us enough time and favor for us to continue into our inquiries. Let us carry on. Toward the sound of water or the other way?
Last edited December 4, 2017 1:58 pm
Dec 4, 2017 3:04 pm
Starrbeardo says:
I'm sorry this isn't to your liking my friend. Perhaps adventures like this, though trying at times, can serve as inspiration to you for a new series of plays. The experience something to draw against to add depth to your already magnificent performances.
Kit eyes the Dwarf with a sideways tilt of his head. Believe me, I can gain just as much inspiration hearing tales of adventures while safe in a pub. Witnessing such events firsthand only clouds the mind with reality. My art is about truth and need have only the barest resemblance to events as they actually happened.
Ramen says:
I'd say your dancing lights illuminated our condition quite well Marlowe. Says Raishe with a smile.
Kit smiles up at the cleric's words, only slightly convinced of the reality of the statement, but appreciating the effort nonetheless.
G3rmanicus says:
Aye, Marlowe. Fighting isn’t for everyone. I myself love getting into the thick of things, but it is not something I wish to continue. I have been getting exposed to the "civilized" way of living through you guys and it has been reminding me of what I once had. I want to seek resolve so there can be no more need for people like you to fight, although your actions were very helpful! I will try to stay closer to you in battle to help ward off anything that comes into reach.

Iman wipes off some of the sweat from his forehead, looks at Raishe, then to the party.

Lets find what we can and press forward, there is no time to rest here. The longer we stay the harder it will become. Crow, lead us to the source you have discovered.
Kit's face reddens at the idea that he has become a burden to be protected. The magicks he has practiced since his youth have all been sound and illusion, designed to enhance his performances on the stage. Seeing Raishe's healing powers and Pageflap's electrifying touch has made him feel as if he would have done better by the party if he had stayed in one of the larger villages and eked out a meager living entertaining the locals.

He rises wearily to his feet and feels quickly in his pack to touch the mystical tome that is all he has left of his uncle. He vows to himself to unlock its secrets, if for no other reason than to find the power to be less burdensome to his companions. He sighs heavily and says, At this point, going forward seems the least objectionable to all the objectionable options, since I imagine I'm the only one sensible enough to vote for going back.
Ramen says:
A bit of perspiration won't deter my spirit. We have just rid our kind hosts of their bug problem, I imagine this should gain us enough time and favor for us to continue into our inquiries. Let us carry on. Toward the sound of water or the other way?
I imagine, Raishe, that we have only seen the beginning of our hosts' troubles. Pageflap seems to think farther into the tunnel is the way to go. Unless anyone has any better ideas, I say we head in the direction our feathered friend has indicated.

Pushing his fears to the back of his mind, he starts off in the direction Pageflap indicated. He raises his hand in the air and, orating to the back of the "theater," intones deeply, Let us dive directly into danger, for it is said that "Cowards will die many times before their deaths, but the valiant never taste of death but once. Of all the wonders that I yet have heard, it seems to me most strange that men should fear; seeing that death, a necessary end, will come when it will come."
Dec 4, 2017 3:06 pm
Towards the source of magic that has been detected, Crow is looking into it some more it seems. We all saw what was coming out of that dark mass, that sure didn't look like a damn bug to me. Seems like this town might have a bit more of a problem. Everybody stay close.
Dec 4, 2017 8:41 pm
As Pageflap guides the party deeper into the tunnels, he tries his best to tell the party about what he remembers of Arkasian Magic. Using voice samples of the Mad Wizard and his experiments he tells them, "The Far Realms! A world next to ours just beyond the veil of existence! The alien creatures that reside there shall be mine to command, and with their help I shall..." Pageflap wasn't able to really understand what it was that the Wizard wanted, but he knew enough to tell the party that the eldritch horrors were bad news.

Flapping the pages of the book, he opens it to a specific section based on the history of Arkasia. Pointing to a paragraph he was able to forge perfectly, he has the party read the section mentioning that dark Arkasian mages meddled with things that should not be studied towards the end of the war, and that it cost them dearly.

That Pageflap's studies said the aliens were pretty incomprehensible and had no regard for life did much to put him off from looking into them too closely, though that isn't going to stop him from reading any notes that he happens to find.
Last edited December 4, 2017 8:42 pm

Len Inactive for 1 months

Dec 4, 2017 11:36 pm
The party advances forward into the steamy tunnel, carefully avoiding the roots. The sulphuric smell and the sound of crashing water increases, and after about 80 feet the tunnel opens up into a wide cavern big enough for the entire Summerspring Inn to fit inside. The tunnel leads your right to the end of a large pool of steaming hot water, and situated in the center of this pool is a circular black void framed in a violet crackling energy. the water from the pool seems to be cascading into the black void and beyond. Hot, steaming water is pouring into the cavern from several large fissures in the walls, but does not seem to be accumulating as fast as the pool is draining into the void.

The rootlike tentacles encrust the walls of this chamber even more densely than the tunnel. You count thirteen additional cancerous masses, each one at a different state of luminosity - most are dim, but a few are light more brightly and are quietly throbbing. The roots disappear into the opaque water, so there may be more inside as well. Although you don't see them at first, you realize that there are grubs crawling between the tentacles all around you. Nothing seems to be responding to your presence at the moment.

Also worthy of your attention, a thin stone ledge rounds to the left side of the cavern from the tunnel, where you see two more round, golden doors, partially submerged in the boiling pond. As far as you can tell from here, they are identical to the one you found earlier in the shaft that lead you down here. Between the golden doors is a large metal box, encrusted in throbbing tentacles that partially obscure some sign on its front.

Your sense of danger in this room is significant. You are pretty certain that if you are not careful, there is more than enough things to kill even the hardiest adventurer in this room.
Dec 5, 2017 1:59 am
This is not a bug problem.
Dec 5, 2017 6:23 am
Pageflap nods in agreement with Raishe while screaming internally. Inching slowly back the way they came, he takes the time to observe the room with his magic sense, paying most attention to the box, doors, and the void.

Len Inactive for 1 months

Dec 5, 2017 7:37 am
The roots and masses give off the same weird magical signature as before, and the portal into the void matches it exactly.

The box and doors give off more terrestrial magical vibes. The doors are registering as conjuration magic - the same school as teleportation and summoning - while the box is associated with the school of transmutation, often associated with enchanted items and weapons.
Dec 5, 2017 12:13 pm
Iman carefully examines the cavern and turns to the group and whispers,

It looks like fighting ourselves out of this one is out of the question. With thirteen of those masses now, I'd imagine there would be thirteen of whatever it is we saw coming out of the other one from back there. If it wasn't so wet and damp down here id say to go ahead and set this cavern ablaze and burn them all! I believe its best if we head back and return later with a plan. No sense in sticking it out here waiting for something to happen, unless you guys have something in mind?
Last edited December 5, 2017 12:17 pm
Dec 5, 2017 1:08 pm
I concur with Iman.
Dec 5, 2017 3:09 pm
Kit looks at Iman and Raishe in horror. Are you suggesting I climb back up that rope, then later climb back down it to re-enter this wretched place? He points to the ledge. Why don't we use that to inspect those doors and see what's written on that box?
Dec 5, 2017 3:48 pm
Well, you look nimble enough. Care to go and take a look?
Dec 5, 2017 9:04 pm
Aegar has been in somewhat of a trance upon seeing the tentacle covered tunnel. A shiver ran down his spine. This was not the kind of thing he was used to, not for a long shot. His days back in the Empire had him keeping watch over his small town, and nothing of this sort ever happened there. Even during life in the woods the worst he'd ever encountered was the big white Owlbear, and as fierce as that beast was, he had nothing on this. Whichever of you is going to check out that door lets make it quick. Unless we can find somewhere to go or something of use, I don't see much more reason for us to be down here. He said quietly.
Dec 5, 2017 9:52 pm
Though tempted to turn back and rest, Pageflap is also tempted by the chest that could give clues into how Arkasian magic worked. He flexes his injured leg a bit to determine how well he'll be able to move, then looks ahead to see how safe it would be to get to the chest near the ledge.
OOC:
What would we have to roll to get close enough to the chest to see the sign on it without aggravating the masses?

Len Inactive for 1 months

Dec 5, 2017 11:35 pm
OOC:
Depends on how you want to go. Carefully tip-toeing around the root tentacles and avoiding being seen by anything would be a DC 10 stealth check, but I'd be willing to entertain other ideas.
Dec 6, 2017 1:33 am
Pageflap steps to the front of the group,
Starrbeardo says:
"As we are a team and all would you boys mind sharing their rope?"
He mimes tying a rope around his waist and holds a finger in a sushing way to show the group his intentions of sneaking up to the chest with a safety rope. He also tilts his head a bit, silently asking if anyone in the group has a better idea or a way to make sneaking easier?
Dec 6, 2017 1:33 am
Those doors are similar to the one earlier in our journey. Do you think they might be connected? If we could go through them it would get us right next to the box.
Dec 6, 2017 1:38 am
Pageflap hears Barennd's musing then looks at the doors again. They are based on conjuration magic....

Pageflap nods at Barennd, they probably are connected and he prefers Barennd's idea vastly more than to the one Pageflap had just now.
Last edited December 6, 2017 1:39 am
Dec 6, 2017 1:47 pm
Well, if that's the plan, would it be best to stick together, or should a couple of us stay here and support from this side if you guys manage to open the door?
Dec 7, 2017 3:19 am
Pageflap shakes his head no and points back to the tunnel. He pats his leg then says in Amanda's voice, "They started showing up about a month ago, around the time when the south spring dried up." They're all still tired from the last battle and they need to tell the inn's owner about the Eldritch nest under her basement.

Before heading off and while the Detect Magic spell is still on, Pageflap carefully studies the void, chest, doors, and egg sacks one last time before he heads back to the tunnel, paying most attention to the eggs to see if he can tell how much longer they have until hatching.
OOC:
I'll add three more arcana checks if I have to check all of them individually

Rolls

Arcana check - (1d20+5)

(3) + 5 = 8

Dec 7, 2017 8:06 pm
I agree the entire group should go together. We're tired and beat up. We definitely need to regroup.

Rolls

Athletic check to climb rope. - (1d20+3)

(9) + 3 = 12

Bludgeon damage from fall - (1d6)

(3) = 3

Con save - (1d20+5)

(16) + 5 = 21

Con save disadvantage - (1d20+5)

(8) + 5 = 13

Dec 8, 2017 1:32 am
Fine by me. I could also go for more of those delicious pork chops right about now!

Rolls

Athletics check to climb rope - (1d20+5)

(3) + 5 = 8

Bludgeoning damage if failed - (1d6)

(5) = 5

Con saving throw - (1d20+4)

(14) + 4 = 18

Con saving throw disadvantage - (1d20+4)

(11) + 4 = 15

Dec 8, 2017 1:36 am
It occurs to Pageflap that he should probably have thought of a way out of the hole before following everyone in. Looking between the fallen Barennd and the dangling rope, he sits down and starts trying to think of an easier way to get out of the hole. He pulls out his quill and spell book and flips around to see if he's written down a solution to a problem similar enough to this and begins jotting down notes to see what he can come up with.

He thinks he's on to something....

He gets up and takes off his heavy backpack, then ties the pack to the bottom of the rope before trying to climb out himself.
OOC:
Hoping my idea changes the result of my roll if it's a bad one

Rolls

Athletics check - (1d20-2)

(9) - 2 = 7

Damage if failed - (1d6)

(6) = 6

CON save against exhaustion - (1d20+2)

(10) + 2 = 12

Disadvantage - (1d20+2)

(19) + 2 = 21

Dec 8, 2017 3:01 am
As Kit sees his companions, one by one, slip and fall off the rope, he mutters, I should never have come down here. I'm not making it up that rope. Maybe if we rest here a moment, we could go back and see where those doors lead us. See what was written on that sign. He dejectedly sits down next to Pageflap and pulls out his uncle's grimoire. There was something about those extra-dimensional creatures that reminded him of some passage he had managed to translate. Something about an enemy of the feywild.
OOC:
We might just have to find another way. Kit is at a -1 on Athletics. I need to roll a 17 or better to get out of this hole. Two failures will probably have him rolling death saving throws.
McDunno sent a note to lenpelletier

Len Inactive for 1 months

Dec 8, 2017 4:57 am
OOC:
Just to be clear, McDunno, you aren't risking Kit's death by climbing. As explained in the OOC thread, failure means taking 1d6 damage and disadvantage on a DC 6 Con Save (still fine odds). The worst that can happen is you take 6 damage and get a point of exhaustion. Raishe healed you in combat so you should be at full HP. Starrbeardo also came up with a good idea to differ that strength check to somebody who would haul you out rather than you climb yourself.
Len sent a note to McDunno
Dec 8, 2017 9:24 pm
I'd rather come back well rested and ready to beat down some slugs, good call Pageflap. Aegar eyes the rope before attempting to pull himself up.
OOC:
Should I make a Con Save throw w/ disadvantage, or do I auto save again because my Con is +5?

Rolls

Athletics Check to climb rope - (1d20+5)

(15) + 5 = 20

Damage if failed - (1d6)

(5) = 5

Len Inactive for 1 months

Dec 8, 2017 9:42 pm
OOC:
Yeah, you auto succeed Daykinator :)
Dec 9, 2017 12:20 am
As Raishe readied himself to go up the rope Pageflap falls unto the tunnel's floor.
As he helps his feathered friend up he casts healing word.
Unbearable heat huh? Hope I can make it, it'd be easier for Aegar if someone else helps him haul the rope up.

Rolls

Athletics Check for climbing rope. - (1d20+2)

(6) + 2 = 8

Damage for failure. - (1d6)

(3) = 3

Con save - (1d20+2)

(15) + 2 = 17

Disadvantage - (1d20+2)

(16) + 2 = 18

Dec 9, 2017 1:58 am
Pageflap returns the favor and helps Raishe back up. He didn't lose conscious, but it still looked like it hurt.

He considers climbing again, but changes his mind since he's sure even Kit would have an easier time climbing than he. Rather, he spends more time thinking and goes back to his spell book for a bit.

He shuffles though his backpack then freezes as he holds a torch in his hand. He looks between it and the rope for a while, an idea forming, then ties the torch to the rope. He takes a second torch out, then ties that one a bit above the first. He repeats with a third, forming a short series of safe zones where one can stand on before moving on to the next torch-step. He has no idea if this is safe or not.

Len Inactive for 1 months

Dec 9, 2017 4:12 am
OOC:
No need to roll again for climbing, Jacketch. Let's just get everybody to the top and move on.
Tired and bruised, you haul ourselves up the shaft. Coming out of that tight, suffocating tunnel is the best feeling ever.

Youve learned a lot about dungeoneering today. You've proved you know how to watch one another's backs even in the face of death. You've proven you can assess danger and take the smarter path. And, you've proven that, although the earth is dark and filled with terrors, that you are strong enough to survive them!
OOC:
Congratulations everyone, you've made it to Level 2! We will try to level your characters over the weekend in the OOC thread, and we can continue the game while we do that. I will add a short guide to levelling in the OOC chat shortly.
Dec 9, 2017 5:05 pm
Kit shudders at the prospect of climbing back up the rope. Knowing the difficulty he had climbing down, he is fully aware that he has no hope of pulling up both himself and his heavy pack (well, heavy to him). removing it from his back, he ties it to the bottom of the rope to be hauled up after he gets to the top. He sighs heavily and begins his difficult journey.
OOC:
Why am I flashing back to junior high gym class?

Rolls

Athletics check - (1d20-1)

(18) - 1 = 17

Dec 9, 2017 5:06 pm
OOC:
Ha! It's exactly like junior high gym class! I was terrible at sports, but by god, I made it all the way to the top on the day we had to climb that wretched rope!
Last edited December 9, 2017 5:07 pm

Rolls

Con save - (1d20)

(9) = 9

Dec 10, 2017 8:04 pm
Who would have thought that getting back up the rope would have been as difficult as the slugs. Let's get back to the inn and figure out our next move.
Barendd doesn't know what the next step should be. He does know he wants some alcohol and to rest. He hopes that Pageflap has an idea of where to learn more about the doors.
Dec 11, 2017 3:28 am
OOC:
Boring research post
He had never really used his magic while surrounded by danger like that before, and he was feeling pretty tired in not just his physical body, but his magical force as well. He feels like he actually pushed through his limits today, though he'll have to wait until he rests long enough before he can see all the benefits given to him from this magical exercise.

As the group rests from their trip down the hole, Pageflap opens his book. While seeing magic with his Mage Armor on, he noticed some of the energy was being wasted doing nothing. He flips around reading some of his other spells and some of them that he recorded for future use, ones he is not strong enough to cast yet, seem to have similar problems. Finding some half completed notes, he fills in the rest using his new found knowledge from the experiences back in the hole. He thinks this could work....

Actually while he's busy finishing up incomplete spells....

He flips to one of the spells he very, very carefully wrote down. The Fly Spell which is somewhat coveted by Kenkukind. Maybe now he's good enough to use it? Alas, Pageflap finds himself dissapointed. He's about to flip back to another page before he pauses. He looks at the spell carefully again. He takes his quill and circles certain words and underlines others. Opening up to a blank page, he starts writing with a racing heart. He finishes up and puts his pen down, excited. He can use the Fly spell!

Well, not exactly. But he can partially use it! Sure, he can't go up, but it's one more step in the fight against gravity. At least he can help if he and his allies are falling to their doom, and maybe it feels like flying? He hopes so.

He thinks back to when he was down at the hole, he rememebred seeing Kit page through a book of some sort. It didn't seem to be common, though he couldn't see if it was a language he understood or not. He'll have to ask Kit about it, he's pretty sure he recognized some magic in those pages.

Rolls

Short rest HP recovery - (2d6)

(61) = 7

Len Inactive for 1 months

Dec 11, 2017 4:19 am
OOC:
you get to add your con mod for each hit die you roll, total +4
Dec 11, 2017 4:27 am
lenpelletier says:
OOC:
you get to add your con mod for each hit die you roll, total +4
OOC:
Back to full HP then. There's one benefit to having low HP, it seems
Dec 11, 2017 4:45 am
OOC:
Just some plans for the spoils Barendd found, if this might not work let me know so I can adjust somehow.
Well friends, I feel we've all earned a nice rest and some delicious food and drink. Let us not take further action until tomorrow. After we wake and perhaps eat again, we can decide if we'd like to speak with our gracious hosts about what we've found.

Barendd is as tired as he's been for a while, though he's glad he hadn't spoken in that strange tongue during this outing. He hoped that he showed his value in the heat of battle much better than the encounter they had with the bandits. He makes his way off to his room to examine the claw he had procured in battle. As it looked quite wicked he was interested in making a weapon of it and he had quite an idea. The dwarves who lived and worked near the Chugging Chasm had many tools that they used in the mines that many found useful in battle. One that had always seemed interesting to him was known as the warhammer. The claw was not the ideal shape for such a weapon, so he looked into making more of a war pick/ sickle. he sized up the claw and looked at one of the two crowbars he had with him. The crowbar itself was stout and could make an excellent weapon unto itself, great for bashing. However, he looked to affixing the claw to the prying side of the crowbar, wedging it in tight so that it was secure, and hammering it into place. The tool could use some more work, perhaps he would look around for a smith who might be able put the finishing touches on the new tool.

Before going about the business of eating, and hopefully more than a little drinking, before speaking with his friends and joking about to hopefully keep spirits up, he wanted to look into the luminescent goo he had collected from the mass that he had help obliterate. Pageflap had indicated that whatever it is, it's acidic. Perhaps that won't make the best ink for his skin, but perhaps he could use it compliment his new weapon. Both the claw and the goo had a similar something about them. Their mere presence made things seem off, but they seemed to belong together. Perhaps once the weapon is complete he could use the goo to acid etch the weapon to finish the bonding. He had never thought about tattooing his weapons, but as this was going to be a creation all his own, perhaps he can adjust his ritual. He already had some ideas for what kind of designs he could do. He never took to mining, smithing, or stonework, but he had seen enough to know what possibilities could be. He sets the vial next to his bed and makes sure that it cannot fall or spill. He then makes his way down to the main room of the Inn to refuel and meet his compatriots.
Last edited December 11, 2017 4:46 am

Rolls

Short rest - (1d10)

(10) = 10

Len Inactive for 1 months

Dec 11, 2017 4:52 pm
Barendd fashions his warpick as best he can. While it looks crude, it seems fairly sturdy* and sufficiently murderous. As you are going about your tasks, you realize that the weapon has magical properties that become visible only to you**. There are faint violaceous patterns on the surface of the claw that seem impossible and make you go cross-eyed when you try to follow them, but you intuitively understand their meaning. The weapon has a magic absorbing properties that feed into your being.*** When things are very still and quiet, you hear mumblings in the back of your head that you can't quite make out.

* As this is a makeshift weapon, there is a chance it can break. If you roll a 1 (before adding bonuses) on any attack roll, the claw will break off from the crowbar, rendering it unusable as a weapon and breaking attunement (see below).

** Many magic items, including this one, require attunement, which 'unlocks' their abilities for you to use. It may open you up to curses or other bad effects as well. You can be attuned to at most 3 items, and you can un-attune any non-cursed item at any time.

*** This weapon is a warpick (1d8+str damage). Once per short rest, if a spell of 1st level or higher is cast within 10 feet of you, you receive 1d4 temporary hit points. While attuned, you are also proficient in the language of Far Speech, which is ancient beyond memory.
OOC:
This weapon deserves a name! What do you want to call it?

Len Inactive for 1 months

Dec 11, 2017 5:00 pm
Much to Barendd and Aegar's chagrin, there is no alcohol remaining in the Summerspring Inn. When pressed, Philcock suggests that the boarded-up Evershady Tavern might have a kask or two left behind in its cellars, speaking to you in his usual condescending manner as if you were common drunks.

Soon Amanda arrives and is shocked to hear what you discovered below her Inn.*

"I've spent my life keeping this Inn from falling into the ground, I'm not about to let some bug infestation root me out of my home!"
Dec 11, 2017 10:31 pm
Gentleman I've made something. I call it Leachclaw.
Barendd shows off his new weapon. The metal of the crowbar etched with purple steaks to match the color and pattern of the claw
Dec 12, 2017 1:12 am
A fine weapon Barendd! Perhaps it will bring you some advantage against the slugs or tentacle-monsters in the future. If any of you want to accompany me in a little while, I plan to search the tavern for some drink and I'd welcome your company. For now, I feel I deserve a moments rest to relax and reflect on what we have experienced. Having said this Aegar finds a seat and rests his legs. Despite having more experience in fighting than the party (except perhaps Barendd), he had not fought in such a fashion for some time. Such work can be tiring for a former drunken forest hermit.
OOC:
Do I need to roll my hit dice in order to gain the HP I get for leveling up? Or do I just simply get that extra HP?

Rolls

Short Rest - (1d10)

(3) = 3

Rolling 2nd Hit die - (1d10)

(5) = 5

Dec 12, 2017 2:05 am
OOC:
For fighters you either increase your hp by 6 plus your Constitution modifier (so 8 more hp in your case), or you can decide to take a risk and roll a d10 plus con (So 1d10+2) for your hp. Once you roll you can't change you mind, even if you roll a 1 (ha).
Dec 12, 2017 3:39 am
Aye let's drink.
Dec 12, 2017 1:08 pm
Iman quickly eats a meal and drank only water. Iman is a proud warrior, and for the first time in a long time he has been hurt, not because of an enemy, but because of his own lack of ability. He embarrassingly sits and meditates.

Rolls

Short Rest (ignore modifier if not needed) - (1d12+2)

(3) + 2 = 5

Dec 12, 2017 2:23 pm
Curious about new magic, Pageflap eats his fill and gets up to see if he can ask Kit about his book. He knows Kit's a sorcerer so he has no need to write down his spells in a book, but if he asks nicely maybe he'll be able to figure out a new spell or something from whatever it is that was sketched in there.
OOC:
I figure I could use this as an in story justification on how Pageflap figures out the Find Familiar spell
Dec 12, 2017 3:15 pm
I've been meaning to ask you about that, Pageflap. I've been studying my uncle's grimoire for some time now. From what I can understand, it offers a way to contact beings from another plane. These Fey creatures offer boons to those who would do a bidding for them. Something about those creatures down there reminded me of a difficult passage I've been trying to translate. Something about enemies of the Fey. Perhaps you would have better luck interpreting its meaning.
Dec 12, 2017 4:22 pm
Pageflap gives Kit a nod and opens both his spell book and Kit's Grimoire, placing them side by side. Looking through the script, he's not sure he is actually able to read it. Common, Draconic, Celestial, and Infernal script he can read, even if he can't actually speak Draconic, but the book seems to be some sort of Elvish script. Since it involves the Fey it's probably Sylvan and Pageflap says as much by pointint at the script and repeating, "Fey."

Turning the pages to the illustrations, Pageflap believes he sees a pattern in it. Using his quill, he copies some of it into his spell book, putting emphasis on the more important looking parts of whatever ritual this is. Though it lost a lot of its artistry, Pageflap believes his drawings should make it easier for someone who can at least read Elvish script to understand.

In fact, he himself should be able to preform a much lesser version of the spell. He carefully unbinds the page from his home-made spell book and hands it to Kit before he flips to another page and rewrites the spell. Knowing the intricacies of it, Pageflap is able to rewrite the spell so that knowledge of Sylvan is not needed. A downside to it is that there is no way what whatever he calls would be able to give him as much power as the being Kit would summon will, but he wasn't too keen on the idea of doing another's bidding after that whole thing with the Wizard. Plus he has his own goals to focus on at the moment.

Another downside is that he'll probably have to do some shopping to get materials to power the spell. He adds herbs, incense, and charcoal next to 'valuable pearl' on his 'to buy' list.
Dec 12, 2017 9:48 pm
What're you all scribbling about over there? Aegar gets up and out of his chair and walks over to Pageflap and Kit, eyeing both of their books carefully. What are you doing with Fey writings Marlowe? I haven't seen that language since I was a mere child. My mother used to talk for hours about our Fey ancestors, and how through careful study of nature and practice they became powerful sorcerers. Aegar takes a long look at the words scribbled in the book. You know, its been some time. But under this beard lies the face of an elf. And I think that with some study I could possibly decipher some of this Elvish.
Last edited December 12, 2017 9:49 pm
Dec 13, 2017 3:51 am
Hey fairy man, are we talking or we drinking? Let's go to this tavern. Anyone else is free to join. I might be able to go back to my tavern owning days and whip up some delicious beverage if they have anything beyond some dusty casks to choose from.
Dec 13, 2017 5:14 am
Kit raises a sardonic eyebrow at Barendd. I see the facade of culture melts away the farther we range from civilization. He looks over at Aegar. Thank you for your offer, but I am quite fluent in Elvish. It is some of the more esoteric passages that have given me difficulty. Perhaps you should go with Barendd. He may need help seeking answers at the bottom of a glass.
Dec 13, 2017 2:29 pm
Beer or books huh? Ill pass on both. If anybody needs me, ill be right outside getting some air. Let us know if you find anything interesting there.
Dec 13, 2017 3:51 pm
Stuffing the last bit of food into his mouth, Pageflap counts his money. From the looks of things, he has just barely enough to buy all he needs for the spell. He also gets up from the table and shakes his coin pouch, telling everyone he's going out to buy a few things. Maybe he'll find someone willing to buy a tinderbox, he found he didn't have much use for it throughout his travels.

He gives a wave to Iman outside then heads off towards the market place.

Len Inactive for 1 months

Dec 13, 2017 11:58 pm
Barendd heads over to the Everyshady Tavern, descending into the shadow below the giant, ebony hand. He finds the windows are all boarded up, and the front door is locked with a sturdy iron lock. He notes the quality of the structure is fantastic; the hardwood doors themselves are intricately carved with various intertwining scenes; a woodland hunt, miners at work, a battle against goblins. The cedar shingles on the walls are mostly intact, and the stonework foundation looks like it will last a thousand years.
Pageflap finds his way to Grayhorn Outfitters, a big log cabin pumping thick black smoke out the chimney. When he walks in, a bell tinkles and a big grey-haried man nearly falls of his chair behind the desk.

"By the nine hells! Wha.. oh, a customer! Welcome, welcome, Master Kenku! Sorry, haven't gotten on of those in awhile. Gavun Grayhorn, at your service!"

Gavun is a hulking man in his late 50s by the looks of his greying hair. He wears suspenders, bandoliers, and multiple belts all lined with compartments - you've never seen a man with so many pockets on his person. After requesting the components, he responds:

"Ah, a wizard are ya? Much respect to you. Never had much touch for the arcane arts myself, but I wouldn't be here if it weren't for a spellslinger like yourself. I got just what ya need, just give me a moment."

Gavun disappears into the back and returns promptly with exactly what you asked for, paper wrapped and ready for use. He asks a fair price in return - 10 gp.

Len Inactive for 1 months

Dec 14, 2017 12:04 am
Iman stands outside the Inn and breathes in the clean, cool northern air. The morning is peaceful and industrious. You see folk going about their business bringing in the harvest, mending fences, and chatting politely. You see the sherif and her brother up on a nearby hill walking with a third armoured man; they seem to be surveying the northern forest beyond the village through a looking glass. A gaggle of children are playing at war with wooden swords at the base of the hill.
Dec 14, 2017 3:55 am
Pageflap checks the product and sees that it's just the right amount he needs. Having to empty his wallet hurts a bit, but the price is fair as far as he can see. He take the components ad leaves 10 gold coins from his pouch, handing them to Gavun.

While he's here, he pulls the tinderbox out of his backpack and makes a sound of coins jingling in a bag, asking how much he'll be able to get from selling it. Out of curiosity, he decides to ask about the spellslinger who saved him, maybe they live nearby and know more about the magic going-ons in the village. "I wouldn't be here if it weren't for a spellslinger?"
Dec 14, 2017 4:21 am
Barendd looks to his left and right to make sure the coast is clear and tried to nonchalantly take the lockpick kit from his pocket in attempt to enter this beautifully made tavern. He then mutters to no one in particular, Just like old times, with less pressure, this should be easy peasy. He then begins to pick the lock sticking his tongue out to assist his concentration.
OOC:
How should I roll for this?
Dec 14, 2017 4:36 am
OOC:
Dex roll with proficiency, so in Barendd's case, it's 1d20+4 (assuming you're proficient with thieves' tools).
Dec 14, 2017 4:43 am
OOC:
I am proficient sweet

Rolls

Roll for lock picking. - (1d20+4)

(6) + 4 = 10

Dec 14, 2017 5:11 am
Aegar rushes out of the Inn searching for Barendd. Dont drink it all without me! Aegar was so worried about missing out on a drink, he completely misjudged how fast he was running over. Digging his heels into the ground, Aegar comes to an abrupt halt just inches from the large wooden doors. Gravel peppers the walls and doors mere millimeters away from where Barendd is positioned as he works on picking lock. Oi, Sorry about that lad. Ive grown quite the thirst since our last drink and it tends to get the best of me. Need any help with that?

Len Inactive for 1 months

Dec 14, 2017 5:26 am
Barendd struggles with the lock. It's a simple design but it has a fair bit of weathering, and it takes time to clear away the rust in order to make the mechanisms turn smoothly. Aegar stumbles into the gravel path just as you pop finally pop open the lock.

Inside is the Evershady Tavern is completely dark with the windows boarded up. Barendd's darkvision kicks in and he sees what was once a grand tap room. One set of stairs lead to a sunken conversation pit by a cold fireplace (one of three), another leads to an L-shaped balcony that overlooks the hall. Solid but dusty tables and chairs are stacked in one corner.

The barkeep's station is a square island in the center of the room. It looks solid, almost defensible, but also the center of attention, almost like the command post of a fabled warship. A massive wooden chandelier is suspended on chains just above the bar. Rows upon rows of pewter and silver mugs are upended on the counter, dry as bones.

There is a door to another room at the back.
Dec 14, 2017 7:38 am
You are just in time.friend, I don't see any casks available let's Snoop around a bit. Maybe check that door.
Barendd checks around the room looking closer at the bar and the pewter mugs, drawing on his years as a tavern owner and his innate proficiency at stone cunning to gather as much information about the place as possible.

Rolls

Perception for the room as a whole - (1d20+3)

(14) + 3 = 17

Intelligence for stone cunning if applicable - (1d20+2)

(16) + 2 = 18

Len Inactive for 1 months

Dec 14, 2017 8:16 am
A structure with a foundation like that is bound to have a cellar. You find your way into the back room, a spacious kitchen with a backdoor exit. Sure enough, there is a wide stair that winds its way into the cool earth to revel a big stonewalled cellar that is almost entirely empty, save for 2 big dusty kegs in the corner. Barendd notes how the cool, consistent temperature of this space would be ideal for brewing.
Dec 14, 2017 6:19 pm
Whelp a keg is a keg and it won't drink itself. Let's bring one upstairs.
Dec 14, 2017 7:46 pm
Seems like the town is a little more at ease since we first arrived here. After noticing the armored man with the Sheriff, Iman curiously walks toward them.

Aye, Sheriff, looking out for anything in particular? I've walked the perimeter of many towns over the years and an armored man is no typical watchman, especially if the Sheriff is involved.

Len Inactive for 1 months

Dec 14, 2017 10:37 pm
BARENDD & AEGAR

You haul the keg to the main floor, leaving a trail of dust as you roll it up the stairs. As the dust comes off you see the side of the barrel is stamped with the word "Gutbuster." Gutbuster is the proud liquor of the Dwarvish people that will get even the strongest dwarf tipsy. It's multipurpose too; need to strip paint off a shield or light a moat on fire? Gutbuster is the answer!
OOC:
Anyone who drinks gutbuster is at disadvantage on con saving throws against the poisoning effect of the drink. Dwarvish advantage cancels out the disadvantage, so Dwarves just roll a normal con save.

PAGEFLAP

Gavun smiles at the offer of the tinderbox.

"Sorry, but I already have a bunch I can't sell." He opens a draw in a wall-to-wall cabinet full of small drawers and reveals what must be 3 or 4 dozen tinderboxes.

"Business just isn't as great as it used to be, what with the traffic slowing down over the years. But I don't mind; the peace and quiet is its own reward and it gives me more time to enjoy the valley."

In regards to asking about the spellslinger, he responds:

"Oh, that's a sad tale. Used to be an adventurer myself, back in my youth, before the Empire fell. We made a bit of a name for ourselves looting ruins in the north, but we got cocky. Tried for a White Dragon's hoard. I was the only one who survived. Gods, but we were young and stupid."

"Nowadays, I prefer to let others do the adventuring. I know the trade, and I know the gear, and you can guarantee if you buy it from me that you can bet your life on its quality. And while I'm not in the business of buying used gear, special artifacts might be a different story. Magical items are always a good investment, what with the Empire gone and all. I'll be happy to pay you a fair price those."
Dec 15, 2017 12:52 am
Ok fairy man, you said you wanted drink. Tonight we drink like dwarves.

Rolls

Con save for the dwarves ale. - (1d20+5)

(18) + 5 = 23

Dec 15, 2017 3:40 am
Pageflap gives a whistle at seeing the drawer full of tinderboxes, giving thought to how much of a fire hazard it must be but assuming that it's taken care of. He's disappointed he's leaving a store with an empty wallet, but he got what he came for at a fair price so he's not complaining.

The disappointment is further compounded by the knowledge that the Spell Slinger is dead. Pageflap considers asking about any relics that may have been left behind, but remembers he's in a merchant's shop and is poor now. Wouldn't hurt to ask, though.

"Spell Slinger," then "Gear?" followed by both the sound of coin and the thought that it probably could hurt his feelings talking about his dead friend like that. "Sorry," he says, a bit nervous at how he would react.

He expresses a bit of surprise at the news that there is a dragon flying around somewhere. The surprise turns into relief when Gavun tells him that the dragon is further north, which relapses into worry when Pageflap remembers that that was where they were headed. "White Dragon?"
Dec 15, 2017 4:59 am
Between the creatures below giving him a clue as to the meaning of certain passages in his uncle's grimoire and Pageflap's help in translating those passages, Kit believes he has enough to go on to attempt to contact one of the creatures referenced. He takes advantage of the temporary quiet as his companions pursue their own ends and sits and begins to perform the ritual that will reach into the Feywild. Perhaps attracting the notice of the powerful beings there isn't the wisest of ideas, but the tentacled creatures have shown Kit that he can no longer be a burden in need of protection.

Len Inactive for 1 months

Dec 15, 2017 5:14 pm
IMAN
Iman gains the attention of the people on the hill. You see that the armoured man is actually very elderly, but he wears the plate armour and coat of arms of an Arkasian knight. It looks like it is two sizes too big for him.

They greet you kindly. Sherif Willowmane responds.

"Ah, Iman, welcome. We were just showing good Sir Winter here that the orcs are indeed not storming down from the forest. He awoke from a very vivid dream convinced otherwise."

She pats the old knight on his sturdy helm.

"I always feel safer when I see you suited up, Sir Winter. Thank you for your service."

The old knight beams a proud and noble smile.

"Indeed, young Willowmane. The orcs are lucky they did not show their ugly faces today, or they would have tasted my steel!" He draws his longsword, but can't quite hold it upright. Matthew helps him immediately.

"Easy there, Sir Winter. You wouldn't want to startle the children with your fearsome battle visage! I'll help you get back to your house. Lady Winter must be wondering where you've gotten to!"

Sherif Willowmane turns to you as her brother helps the old knight down the hill.

"Truly, word has spread fast that heroes are in town. I haven't seen Whitesparrow so hustling and bustling for months. How was everyone's sleep last night?"

Len Inactive for 1 months

Dec 15, 2017 5:31 pm
KIT
Kit studies the book intently, in quiet. He finds one particular drawing that always fascinated him; an intricate recursive pattern that makes you go cross-eyed if you try to follow it - not chaotic in nature, but definitely supernatural. This time, you force your mind to follow it, pursuing it beyond the constraints of logic. As you do so, the pattern begins to animate, the ink writhing like vines and growing to encompass the other pages, and then the table itself.

The black ink becomes green and an entire plant begins to sprout from the book, glowing with verdant energy. The plant grows thick and strong, but bifurcates in the middle only to rejoin itself again at the top. Once it completes, the teardrop shape in the center of the plant flickers, and suddenly the room is bathed with golden sunlight that pours through the teardrop window. Beyond, you see a majestic forest that is more alive than anything you've ever seen.

Len Inactive for 1 months

Dec 15, 2017 5:56 pm
PAGEFLAP
Indeed, I posses many wares that are valuable to practitioners of the Arcane Arts!

Gavun opens several velvet-lined draws and displays some remarkable artifacts. The price on each of them 100gp.
[ +- ] Clockwork Amulet
[ +- ] Enduring Spellbook
[ +- ] Hat of Wizardry
[ +- ] Ruby of the War Mage
[ +- ] Tankard of Sobriety
He says he might be able to special order in more potent magical gear, in the range of 500gp, but he'd need a few days and 100gp payment up front to cover the expenses of contacting dealers.

As for the dragon he responds as thus:

"They call her Icasaracht the Frostbane. Fabled creature, a treasure hoard rumoured to be filled with more gold than every coin in the north combined. But don't get any grand ideas. That path leads only to death."
Dec 16, 2017 3:14 am
The tankard is a very tempting item, if only to see Barennd's face when he drinks him under the table, but the other items temp him fat more. The hat he especially wants, should something happen to his orb it would come in handy, and it gives him access to more magic!

The enduring spell book leaves Pageflap with a newfound sense of paranoia. Overall, getting magic insurance wouldn't be a bad idea.

All this is moot, though, as he is currently penniless. With a nod, he gives Gavun a "Thank you" and holds up his components, saying he has everything he needs right now. Waving goodbye, Pageflap leaves the shop and starts wandering the village looking for a brass brazier. Maybe the temple has one? Temples seem to be the sort of places that would have them.
Dec 16, 2017 3:14 am
Heroes? Have they come to rid this town of bandits too? Iman obliviously asks.

I’d sure like to see how they fare in battle too, I’ve been looking to tone up my skills a bit you see. I don’t really have a style of fighting, and a mentor of mine has been refining my tactics but a change of training could do me well. What do you say Old man, got anything you can teach me?
Last edited December 18, 2017 12:24 pm
Dec 16, 2017 5:24 am
lenpelletier says:
KIT
Kit studies the book intently, in quiet. He finds one particular drawing that always fascinated him; an intricate recursive pattern that makes you go cross-eyed if you try to follow it - not chaotic in nature, but definitely supernatural. This time, you force your mind to follow it, pursuing it beyond the constraints of logic. As you do so, the pattern begins to animate, the ink writhing like vines and growing to encompass the other pages, and then the table itself.

The black ink becomes green and an entire plant begins to sprout from the book, glowing with verdant energy. The plant grows thick and strong, but bifurcates in the middle only to rejoin itself again at the top. Once it completes, the teardrop shape in the center of the plant flickers, and suddenly the room is bathed with golden sunlight that pours through the teardrop window. Beyond, you see a majestic forest that is more alive than anything you've ever seen.
Kit swallows hard and steps through the portal, muttering to himself as he does.

Over hill, over dale,
Thorough bush, thorough brier,
Over park, over pale,
Thorough flood, thorough fire,
I do wander everywhere,
Swifter than the moon's sphere;
And I serve the fairy queen,
To dew her orbs upon the green.
The cowslips tall her pensioners be:
In their gold coats spots you see;
Those be rubies, fairy favors,
In those freckles live their savors.
I must go seek some dewdrops here
And hang a pearl in every cowslip's ear.
Farewell, thou lob of spirits; I'll be gone:
Our queen and all our elves come here anon.

Len Inactive for 1 months

Dec 18, 2017 11:52 pm
PAGEFLAP
You approach the old temple and see that Raishe has already discovered it. It is an open-air amphitheatre with no doors, welcoming all who wish to worship. You enter, and see Raishe among a pile of rubble and refuse.

"It's a thing of beauty," Raishe says. He is walking around in slow, wide circle, his face to the sky.

"When I'm in this old temple, I feel at peace with my faith. At peace with myself. Like, all that happened before this time was just to bring me to this place, and now my true life's work can begin. "

He kneels to clear away some stone debris and lifts up an brass brazier and smiles.

"I believe you came for this?" he says, his voice faintly distant and offers your the brazier.

"Please tell the others that I have found my place in this town. And while our paths are diverging, we are still fighting the same battle. Please visit often, and tell me of your adventures, will you Pageflap?"

He leans over and pats the mighty stone walls of the tempe.

"In the meantime, I will work day and night until this old temple is the shining beacon of hope that it once was."

Len Inactive for 1 months

Dec 19, 2017 12:12 am
IMAN
You walk with the old man back to his house where Matthew helps him doff his armour.

"Ho now, teach you fighting?" Sir Winter says. He laughs.

"Gods, you look like a bloody dire bear! You don't need refinement! Weaker men refine their technique to make up what you have - raw ferocity!"

He pulls you in closer and you can smell the booze on his breath. He drops the facade of the noble knight and whispers:

"Do not fear death. Put it all on the line! There's nothing worse than growing old and useless. I would trade all my years for a chance to go back and to die a glorious death in battle. It's too late for me, but its not too late for you. Go down in a blaze of glory. Never grow old."

An elderly woman emerges from a room in the back of the house.

"Dear? Where did you get off to? Oh, putting on that old tin can again! How many times do we have to tell you? You're just being a nuisance to the sherif. You should be in bed, sleeping off your illness."

Sir Winter rolls his eyes, shakes his head, and gives you a knowing look.

"Ah, yes of course dear. I'll head back to bed right away."
Dec 19, 2017 3:20 am
Aegar pours a cup of the liquor and eyes it carefully, swirling it around a few times in the glass, he suddenly downs the drink and smiles at Barrend. As my father used to say - If the ocean was beer and I was a duck, I'd swim to the bottom and drink myself up. But the oceans not beer and I'm not a duck, so lets drink all we can and get fucked up!

Rolls

Con Save For Drink - (1d20+4)

(6) + 4 = 10

Len Inactive for 1 months

Dec 19, 2017 5:34 pm
AEGAR and BARENDD
OOC:
Aegar has disadvantage on saving throw because it's Dwarven paint-thinner.
The gutbuster hits Aegar like an ore caravan. You feel queasy enough that you're starting to regret that second helping of breakfast. Barendd, on the other hand, feels like he just drank a delicious beverage of a fine vintage.
OOC:
Aegar is Poisoned for the next hour, which means you have disadvantage on all attack rolls and ability checks (skill rolls, initiative, etc. - but not saving throws).

Rolls

con save (disadvantage - (1d20+4)

(1) + 4 = 5

Dec 20, 2017 3:47 am
Pageflap takes the brass brazier from Raishe's hands, a little shocked to hear that he's going to be staying. "Hello there brother!" he echoes the voices of the priests they met weeks ago beside the road, "Come and join us by light of fire folks, these are dangerous times with bandits and foul creatures about." He says these words with a worried heart, wondering what Raishe would do should he be found by those after him.
Last edited December 20, 2017 3:48 am
Dec 20, 2017 7:32 pm
You guys surely are more accepting of strange folk than others, ha-ha. Others don't usually look my way! But yes, you are right. I will be my own champion and fight like I have been.

Iman picks up a tankard of ale off the table and drinks it without regard to whose it is.

Ah, screw it. For glory!

I'd like to sit around and here about your tales, but I can hear your wife standing around the corner waiting for me to leave. I'd better go check on the others, it is getting pretty dark.


Iman returns to the inn and sits back outside to finish the ale he brought with him, oblivious as to what is going on inside.
Last edited December 20, 2017 7:35 pm
Dec 20, 2017 11:52 pm
Ah that is light on the tongue and quite crisp, eh Aegar?
Dec 21, 2017 3:47 pm
Aegar looks as though he's been drinking for hours after only that first cup. The Dwarven spirit is one of the strongest things he's ever tasted in his life. You could burn the feathers off a owlbear with that! Good gods, how do you stomach more than a glass of this?
Dec 23, 2017 8:14 pm
I find it easiest to drink some with the mouth and then swallow. And then repeat. It's delightful.
Last edited December 23, 2017 8:15 pm

Len Inactive for 1 months

Jan 11, 2018 12:17 am
LAST TIME, ON D&D 5E GAME FOR NEW PLAYERS ....

The party came to the town of Whitesparrow, a northern town once famous for its hospitality and Voidwater wells but since the fall of the Arkasian Empire has been in a steady decline. They were ambushed by bandits calling themselves the Night Blades. The party dealt with the threat easily, and accepted the bandits' surrender including Rose, who would turn out to be the daughter of Amanda Jess, keeper of the Summerspring Inn.

The party turned in the bandits to the local sheriff Ruth Willowmane and her soft-spoken brother Matthew. The party learned the town was named after now-deceased albino Kenku general of the old Empire, whose keep sits empty on a hilltop overlooking the town and is rumoured to be full of ghosts. They also learned the Night Blades were once led by Ralavaz the Night Blade and his brother Gardren until the town burned the lot of them in a nearby watchtower. Gardren was burned alive, but Ralavaz was arrested. Ralavaz is out of prison now, and people around here suspect the resurgence in the gang is his doing.

The party spent the night at the Summerspring Inn, and in the morning decided to help it with its bug problem. They descended deep into a dried-up hotspring below its foundations, and discovered a mess of alien tentacles. Through the steam, they came to a large mass, and when they experimented with touching the tentacles, the whole thing attacked them. The mass surged with every spell they cast, and seemed to be some kind of egg sac, birthing a monster with enormous claws. Before it could come into this world, they destroyed the mass and Barendd cleaved off a single claw from its hand and later forged it into a weapon.

After, the party explored further and found a cavern full of such masses and crawling with many, many more bugs. They encountered 2 more circular golden port holes that matched the first, a box with with some symbol too difficult to read, and at the center a portal through which all the water was draining out of and all the tentacles were spilling into our world through. Pageflap identified the golden port holes to be enchanted with teleportation magic and the box to contain enchanted artifacts of some kind, but the party left them alone because of the danger present in the cavern..

Once returning to the surface, the party went its separate ways and explored the town a bit. Aegar and Barendd snuck into the local tavern that has been closed down for some time and discovered 2 barrels of vintage gutbuster, a Dwarven beverage delicacy and industrial grade paint thinner. Pageflap gathered some material components and met the local outfitter, Gavun Grayhorn. He also bid farewell to their compatriot, Raishe, who has taken to fixing up the neglected local Temple. Iman chatted with an old knight who warned him to never die old. And Kit, unbeknownst to everyone else, disappeared into his grimoire.
OOC:
Aegar will no longer be poisoned in the game mechanic sense, but his head is probably still throbbing noticeably.
Having finished their galavanting, the party regroups at the Inn. Entering the common room, you see a broad-shoulder dwarf with a large hammer strapped to his back sitting down with Amanda at the kitchen table, chatting like they are acquainted. On the near end of the table is Kit's grimoire, but no sign of Kit.

"It's been since the spring since we last saw you Master Stormhammer. Good to have you again. Oh look, here come those nice boys I was telling you about earlier." Amanda stands up politely and gives the party a kind bow. "Find anything down in that tunnel?" she says to the group.
Jan 12, 2018 2:47 am
WormsssAnSluugs.... Eggs... Tentic.. Aegar knew what he wanted to say but his words fell into disarray as they tumbled out of his mouth. Clearly the Gutbuster he had been drinking was still at work within him. Aegar stepped forward to greet the dwarf but as he stepped a beam of light fell directly upon his eyes. Toobright.. My head! Aegar jerked back and found a nearby chair. He put both hands on his face and began to mumble to himself.
Jan 12, 2018 4:56 am
Yeah I'd say that just about covers it. Barendd is immediately suspicious of people he doesn't know, and despite the hospitality the town has shown they seemed quite ok with vicious slugs coming into a guest's room. They're also the same town that burned bandits alive. That fact alone hit a bit too close to home for him. Had he lived here would he have been burned to death too? He felt no need.to share that he now has a new weapon.
Stormhammer was it? Is that your birth name or did it come with that tool upon your back?
Last edited January 12, 2018 4:58 am
Jan 12, 2018 6:22 am
Pageflap reinforces the answer about the grubs by imitating the sound of several of them attacking at once so he can be pretty clear about how big the inn's pest problem is.

He then looks around and not seeing Kit he approaches the book.
Last edited January 15, 2018 3:16 am

Len Inactive for 1 months

Jan 12, 2018 7:06 am
"Worms and slugs is all?" responds Amanda, trying to parse Aegar's painful sentences.

"See? Nothing to be alarmed about, but thank you for checking. Perhaps I can get a cleansing ritual from Master Grayhorn to ward off vermin."
Jan 12, 2018 10:09 am
Starrbeardo says:
Stormhammer was it? Is that your birth name or did it come with that tool upon your back?
"This is no tool." Torden replies, not seeming the least bit offended. An affable smile peeks through his dark brown beard. "Stormbreaker is a weapon blessed by the gods and entrusted to me by my clan. But I was born with the name, yes. A distant ancestor was among those who once wielded this hammer.*"

"Been doing some pest control, have you?"
OOC:
*Took some liberties here. I hope they're okay.
Jan 13, 2018 1:25 am
Weapons are still tools... Barendd grumbles to himself.

Len Inactive for 1 months

Jan 13, 2018 1:42 am
OOC:
@Jabes: Your liberties are great. I think it was technically the late King Aduin's hammer at one point, but thatvdoea not contradict your statement.

Len Inactive for 1 months

Jan 13, 2018 7:33 am
Dogs bark in the distance during an akward silence. Then, Amanda remembers something.

"Oh, before I forget, Sheriff Willowmane came looking for you about a half hour ago. She's heading south with Matthew to check on a wagon that was supposed to arrive last night. That trap the Night Blades set - you notice she doesn't mention Rose - you ran into was meant for them, not you. She probably won't be back for till supper.

Can I fetch you a lunch? It's about that time. "
Jan 13, 2018 11:19 am
"Lunch would be lovely, my dear." Torden says sweetly. "I would love to break bread with my new friends here. That is, if they are so inclined to trade stories with a dusty drifter like myself."

Len Inactive for 1 months

Jan 13, 2018 4:43 pm
"Philcock! Get the stove ready!" she bellows. "Philcock? Oh where is that man? Haven't heard hush from him all morning. Anyway, lunch will be in two shakes of a owlbear's tail. I'll leave you boys to chat."
Jan 13, 2018 6:08 pm
Torden gestures towards the other chairs with a grubby hand. "Please, sit. And please call me Torden." Another smile cracks his weather-beaten face. "As it happens, I've seen an owlbear or two in my time and tail-shaking is never a good sign."
Jan 14, 2018 12:27 am
Seeing no sense in leaving a perfectly good book laying around, Pageflap picks up Kit's book and puts it in his bag. He'll skim through it in a bit, refresh himself on the spell he'll cast in a while so he casts it right, then give it back to Kit whenever he sees him next. He would do so now, but he has news to give to the rest of his allies.

Taking a seat, he reveals Raishe's decision to stay and fix the temple to everyone. "Please tell the others that I have found my place in this town. And while our paths are diverging, we are still fighting the same battle. Please visit often, and tell me of your adventures, will you Pageflap? In the meantime, I will work day and night until this old temple is the shining beacon of hope that it once was."

At the same time, he begins preparing his detect magic spell. It should be primed and ready for whenever the food gets here, and while Aegar's paranoia is beginning to sink into him it is the disregard to Rose, Philcock, and the army of slugs gathering beneath the inn that is making him believe there may be something in the water around these parts.

Len Inactive for 1 months

Jan 14, 2018 1:07 am
OOC:
Quick aside: nobody has actually told Amanda what they found underground, except for worms and slugs which are perfectly normal things to find underground.
Jan 15, 2018 3:49 am
Well a meal sounds fine to me. In your company is fine by me Tormen. Gents perhaps after our meal we should have a conversation about our findings amongst ourselves. Something seems to be going on in this town. Maybe it's an old habit, but I don't generally trust someone until I know them and we're. In this town the only friends I have are the gents I walked in with.

Barendd says this as he looks specifically at Torden.
OOC:
Barendd purposefully gets Torden's name wrong. As of yet Torden hasn't done anything to earn his trust, so he's definitely being more than a bit standoffish. The perception check is to see how Torden reacts to the Barendd purposefully being standoffish, almost to the point of him being obstinate. He also wants to keep an eye on him to make sure throughout their meal to see if his intentions with the meal are pure, or if it seems like he has some type of tell (like in poker) to see if there are ulterior motives.

Rolls

Perception on Torden - (1d20+3)

(7) + 3 = 10

Jan 15, 2018 3:54 am
OOC:
Checking on a character's reaction would be an Insight check. Perception is used to notice the physical world around you.
Jan 15, 2018 4:03 am
OOC:
My bad, that should be a +1 rather than a +3. It was a pretty bad roll anyway.

Len Inactive for 1 months

Jan 15, 2018 6:07 am
Len sent a note to Jabes.plays.RPG
Jan 15, 2018 8:49 am
Torden chuckles at the other dwarf's prickliness. "No need to explain, Master Dwarf! I've been on the road for too long to not know trust is hard-earned, and rightly so! I'd be glad to hear about your troubles - perhaps I can help - but would not be offended nthe slightest if you prefer to keep your own counsel. But for now, a round of drinks on me after I've learned your names - unless you'd rather keep those too." Torden says the last with a wink.
Jan 15, 2018 12:41 pm
Ah! Willowmane was up on a hill earlier with some armored veteran looking towards the woods. They didn't mention the wagon, but now that I think about it, was the wagon supposed to arrive earlier at that time? Could it be late? If so, we should definitely catch up to them at some point and make sure they are okay, but I agree with Dankill, there is much to be discussed first about our trip down below.

Iman approaches Torden and reaches to shake his hand, and gives it a good hard squeeze.

Stormhammer was it?

Iman sits across from Torden and slams his elbow on the table and positions it for a game of arm wrestling.

I first gotta see how you well in strength. I don't typically side with just anybody, this group has proven worth to fight for. Give me your best now.
Last edited January 15, 2018 12:41 pm

Rolls

Athletics Check for Arm wrestling - (1d20+5)

(3) + 5 = 8

Jan 15, 2018 2:18 pm
"Nothing like a contest of strength to whet the appetite!" Torden laughs, good-naturedly clasping Iman's hand to meet the arm-wrestling challenge. The burly dwarf's sunburnt forearm is riddled with tattoos.
Last edited January 15, 2018 2:18 pm

Rolls

Athletics - (1d20+3)

(16) + 3 = 19

Jan 15, 2018 8:05 pm
Haha! What is this?! Now that is a mighty dwarf! Iman jests at Barendd.

Well done, Stormhammer! Maybe you can help carry some of Marlowe's weight in battle. Where is that guy anyway?
Jan 15, 2018 8:57 pm
Aegar looks up from his hands to see the rest of the party seating themselves at the same table he is at, even the new dwarf is sitting with them. Aegar observes silently as Iman and the new dwarf arm wrestle whilst waiting on the food. He looks around the room observing each of the party members carefully. Barendd looks slightly disgruntled at the presence of the dwarf, Pageflap flipping through a small book, Iman and the dwarf distracted over their test of strength. Throughout their stay in this town Aegar has had a feeling that something was off, he felt a near ominous presence over them but still he has been unable to pinpoint why. Having recovered slightly from his inebriation he begins to speak I am saddened to hear of the departure of Raishe, but a man must follow his calling. Iman has a point; has anybody seen or heard from Marlowe? I expected he'd have annoyed me by now about playing a part in another one of those performances he loves so. Aegar looks to Torden. You must forgive me friend, Ive found that a drink or twenty has this funny effect on me; it gets me drunk! I am Aegar of the town of Orogun. What is it that we can do for you?
Last edited January 15, 2018 8:58 pm
Jan 15, 2018 9:17 pm
"Well met, Aegar! And yours is the first name I've learned unless you count Raishe and Marlowe, who are both sadly absent." Torden glances towards the kitchen, wondering if lunch will be much longer. He turns back to the adventurers, "Seems to me it's you that could use some help....slug hunting, was it?"
Jan 16, 2018 4:21 pm
Pageflap looks up from his book and gives a nod. Deciding to introduce himself, he holds a hand to his chest and mimics the sound of pages flapping as one reads.

Introductions finished, he points downward and mimics the sounds of several slugs attacking in unison. Then emphasising his downward point, he mimics the sound of a waterfall saying that there is one deeper underground. He repeats the slug noises while pantomiming an explosion, telling him that they found SO MANY down there.
Last edited January 16, 2018 4:21 pm

Len Inactive for 1 months

Jan 17, 2018 1:29 am
OOC:
Forgot to mention that we've had the equivalent of a short rest since reconvening the game. If you wanted to recharge any abilities or roll hit dice during that short rest, please feel free to have done so.
While discussing the phenomenon below the inn, the door suddenly swings open. The sound of dogs barking floods in from outside. Philcock walks in, out of breath and sweat drips from his brow. He promptly slams the door shut behind him.

"Ah, you are still here. Good. Yes. Can you tell me, where is Amanda?"
Jan 17, 2018 5:41 am
"In the kitchen." Torden says. "Hey, are you alright, man?"
Last edited January 17, 2018 5:44 am
Jan 17, 2018 1:30 pm
Wait, weren't you supposed to be getting our lunch ready with her?! Are we not going to eat?

Iman realizes how much this feeding and housing has spoiled him. Shamefully, he lightly slaps his face with both hands and rubs his eyes while waiting for Philcock's response.

Len Inactive for 1 months

Jan 17, 2018 5:38 pm
Philcock pushes past all of you without a response and disappears into the kitchen, slamming the door behind him. The sounds of the barking dogs is getting louder, now accompanied by men shouting.

Through the windows, you see four men dressed in the black cloaks fast approaching the inn. They are armed with crossbows and shortswords, and each restrains a snarling dog on a long length of chain. One man with a bald head and a wild, fiery red beard yells out at you, his voice raw and angry.

"You fuckers thought could kill our brothers and get away with it!? Come out and face your death like a man or we'll burn you out!"
Jan 17, 2018 5:43 pm
"Sounds like I strolled into town just in time to catch the circus." Torden mutters. "Must be Ralavaz's boys. I told Willowmane burning that barn was a bad idea."
Last edited January 17, 2018 6:19 pm
Jan 17, 2018 7:01 pm
Pageflap considers the burning barn angle before looking towards Iman and remembering the events of the day before. Chances are they may be here for them.

Sneaking to the window, Pageflap let's go off the Detect Magic spell he readied peeks out to see if there's any terrain he has a chance of sneaking to, pulling out his knife and staff just in case.
Jan 17, 2018 7:02 pm
Ah gents this looks a little sketchy.
Barendd sneaks over to between the door and window to use the wall so as to hide in case the dog boys try to come in. He also draws out his scimitar and a hand axe.

Rolls

Stealth for hiding behind the wall between the door and window - (1d20+4)

(20) + 4 = 24

Jan 17, 2018 7:23 pm
"Marthammor Duin watch over you." Torden intones when he sees the others readying for a fight.
OOC:
Casting Bless on Barendd, Pageflap, and Aegar.
Last edited January 17, 2018 7:26 pm
Jan 17, 2018 7:35 pm
Being touched by Holy magic Barendd begins speaking again in his strange tongue.
¿Que eso? (What was that?)
Jan 17, 2018 7:56 pm
Aegar slips out of his chair and into a crouching position, slowly he brandishes his battle ax and makes his way over next to Barendd. He quietly clears his throat and calls out (in a voice that sounds surprisingly like someone's grandmother) Jacob? Is that you dear? What have I told you about playing with your friends before you do your homework?! He then turns and gives the party a confused shrug like it was something they should have expected him to do.
OOC:
Not sure if I should make any kind of persuasion check for this, was intended to confuse the nightblades more than anything

Rolls

Stealth to stay out of sight - (1d20+4)

(1) + 4 = 5

Len Inactive for 1 months

Jan 18, 2018 12:05 am
"Time's up. Light 'er up boys!"

ROUND ONE

INITIATIVE ORDER

1. Aegar, Barendd, Iman, Pageflap's {any order}
2. 4 Night Blades, 4 Wolves
3. Torden

BATTLEFIELD FEATURES

Link to map

Common Room:

1. Double doors (swing outward) (AC 15, 10 HP)
2. Windows (AC 10, 1 hp)
3. Big, sturdy oak table and 6 sturdy chairs.
4. Empty bar

Rolls

Initiative for Iman, Torden, Pageflap, Barendd, Aegar - (1d20+2, 1d20+1, 1d20+3, 1d20+2, 1d20+2)

1d20+2 : (16) + 2 = 18

1d20+1 : (8) + 1 = 9

1d20+3 : (9) + 3 = 12

1d20+2 : (11) + 2 = 13

1d20+2 : (12) + 2 = 14

Jan 18, 2018 12:27 am
Taking advantage of the element of surprise, Pageflap attacks with the element of cold. He opens a window and throws an ice knife at one of the central Nightblades, hoping to hit a good amount of them. With any luck, the blast of sheer cold will be enough to put out any fires they have.
Last edited January 18, 2018 12:29 am

Rolls

Ice knife Attack - (1d20+5)

(10) + 5 = 15

If hit (piercing) - (1d10)

(5) = 5

Cold explosion - (2d6)

(22) = 4

Len Inactive for 1 months

Jan 18, 2018 5:41 am
OOC:
Dex saves vs. Ice Knife (DC 13)
The Ice knife slams into Red Beard's (N2) shoulder (5 piercing damage). He shields his face from further damage, but his chained wolf (W2) yelps savagely as it takes the brunt of the reflected fragments (4 cold damage).
OOC:
Damage will be placed in notes in the spreadsheet, just mouse over the little black triangle in the top right corner of the cell.

Rolls

Dex Save (Night Blade, Wolf) - (1d20, 1d20+2)

1d20 : (18) = 18

1d20+2 : (9) + 2 = 11

Jan 18, 2018 12:42 pm
Looks like we get to fight with you a lot sooner than expected, Stormhammer.

Before entering his battle rage, Iman pulls out a javelin and rushes out onto the deck to draw some attention towards himself in hope that the bandits become distracted enough to forget about setting the place on fire.

You think coming at us head on is going to help?! I laughed at your boys' ambush as I sliced a few of them up myself.
Iman reals back and throws his javelin at Wolf 2 who appears to still have ice on his face from Pageflap's attack.

Rolls

Javelin throw to Wolf 2 - (1d20+5)

(9) + 5 = 14

Damage if javelin connects - (1d6+5)

(2) + 5 = 7

Jan 18, 2018 3:28 pm
Whelp, here we go.
Barendd, seeing the new group of bandits aren't about to burst through the door puts his scimitar and hand axe away to draw his heavy crossbow. He then goes to the window that Pageflap had opened and takes a shot at the second bandit Pageflap had aimed for.

Rolls

Shot from.crosabow bolt - (1d20+4)

(6) + 4 = 10

Damage if hit - (1d10+2)

(6) + 2 = 8

Len Inactive for 1 months

Jan 18, 2018 4:15 pm
Iman's javelin finds it's mark, impaling the wolf into the ground. It dies instantly. The look on the red bearded bandit is beyond rage.

"TAKE THAT ONE ALIVE, I WANT HEAR HIM BEG FOR MERCY!"

Barendd's Leachclaw triggers when Pageflap casts his spell, surrounding him in a subtle violaceous glow. He fires a bolt at Red Beard, but the wind steers it wide.
OOC:
Barendd gains 2 temporary hp. When you take damage, temp hp come off first. You cannot do this again until you finish a short or long rest.

Rolls

Leachclaw - (1d4)

(2) = 2

Len Inactive for 1 months

Jan 18, 2018 4:20 pm
OOC:
Quick note to Barendd: you're proficient with warpicks, so you have +5 to attack with Leachclaw, not +3.

Len Inactive for 1 months

Jan 18, 2018 4:29 pm
BAD GUYS

Two of the wolves rush at Iman, employing the hunting skills of pack animals, taking turns feinting and biting. They manage break past his formidable defenses. (6 and 6 piercing damage, each halved for a total of 6 piercing damage)*

The southmost bandit (N4), a meaning-looking hag of a woman named Bitchy lets her dog (W4) loose and directs it to Pageflap's window. She fires a bolt from her heavy crossbow at Pageflap as it advances, finding its mark (5 piercing damage)**. The dog leaps at the window but fails to find Pageflap in its jaws.

The remaining three Night Blades advance. Two Night Blades, Clubs (N3) and Red Beard (N2) move into melee range with Iman, fighting not unlike the wolves. The third, Skeetz (N1), fires his Heavy Crossbow at Iman. The bolt flies wide, but the Night Blades' blades find their way past Iman's defenses (after resistance, a total of 8 piercing damage).
OOC:
* Wolf 1 runs up to Iman and takes a Readied Action to attack if another wolf attacks Iman. Wolf 3 then runs up to Iman and attacks, triggering wolf 1. They have an abililty called pack tactics that lets them attack with advantage if another ally is within 5 feet of their target.

**Pageflap has partial cover because of the window frame, giving him +2 AC for a total of 18. You could choose to use shield to add +5 retroactively, cancelling the hits and I will edit the post.

Rolls

Wolf 1 bite vs. Iman (adv. from pack tactics) - (1d20+4, 1d20+4, 2d4)

1d20+4 : (10) + 4 = 14

1d20+4 : (2) + 4 = 6

2d4 : (42) = 6

Wolf 3 bit vs. Iman (adv. from pack tactics) - (1d20+4, 1d20+4, 2d4)

1d20+4 : (17) + 4 = 21

1d20+4 : (3) + 4 = 7

2d4 : (42) = 6

Bitchy (N4) heay crossbow attack vs. Pageflap (piercing) - (1d20+2, 1d10)

1d20+2 : (16) + 2 = 18

1d10 : (5) = 5

Wolf 4 bite vs. Pageflap - (1d20+4, 2d4+2)

1d20+4 : (2) + 4 = 6

2d4+2 : (32) + 2 = 7

N1 Heavy Crossbow vs. Iman - (1d20+2, 1d10)

1d20+2 : (8) + 2 = 10

1d10 : (2) = 2

N2 attack 1 with shortsword (adv. pack tactics) - (1d20+4, 1d20+4, 1d6+2)

1d20+4 : (16) + 4 = 20

1d20+4 : (6) + 4 = 10

1d6+2 : (5) + 2 = 7

N2 attack 2 with shortsword (adv. pack tactics) - (1d20+4, 1d20+4, 1d6+2)

1d20+4 : (8) + 4 = 12

1d20+4 : (3) + 4 = 7

1d6+2 : (2) + 2 = 4

N3 attack 1 with shortsword (adv. pack tactics - (1d20+4, 1d20+4, 1d6+2)

1d20+4 : (14) + 4 = 18

1d20+4 : (1) + 4 = 5

1d6+2 : (5) + 2 = 7

N3 attack 2 with shortsword (adv. pack tactics - (1d20+4, 1d20+4, 1d6+2)

1d20+4 : (15) + 4 = 19

1d20+4 : (16) + 4 = 20

1d6+2 : (2) + 2 = 4

Len Inactive for 1 months

Jan 18, 2018 4:59 pm
In addition to the chaos outside, those of you still inside the building hear the sound of a window breaking coming from behind you in the inn somewhere.
OOC:
Torden is up!

Len Inactive for 1 months

Jan 18, 2018 5:15 pm
Oh crap, I think I forgot Aegar... Sorry Daykinator! Go ahead and take your turn now, but with advantage on all checks and attacks.
Jan 18, 2018 6:17 pm
Iman, not phased by the first wolf that approaches him, thrusts his halberd forward towards Wolf three as it enters his reach to make an attack of opportunity, keeping the wolf 10 ft. away.

Rolls

Attack of Opportunity on W3 - (1d20+5)

(4) + 5 = 9

Damage if hit - (1d10+5)

(7) + 5 = 12

Jan 18, 2018 8:06 pm
McDunno sent a note to lenpelletier
Last edited January 18, 2018 8:09 pm

Rolls

Secret Roll

Jan 20, 2018 7:06 pm
Torden points his hammer at the wolf that is harrying Pageflap, and the hound is engulfed in a blinding flash of radiance. Torden then leaps across the table to rush to Iman's aid.
OOC:
So I'm vaulting over the table instead of going around it. I figure even if you count that as difficult terrain I can still get farther that way. Whoa nat 20! So lemme know how far I get. The intent is to get to the door at least.
Last edited January 20, 2018 7:12 pm

Rolls

Sacred Flame - (1d8)

(5) = 5

Acrobatics to vault over the table? - (1d20+1)

(20) + 1 = 21

Len Inactive for 1 months

Jan 20, 2018 7:30 pm
Jabes.plays.RPG says:
Whoa nat 20! So lemme know how far I get. The intent is to get to the door at least.[/ooc]
OOC:
You can move your full five squares regardless of the terrain in front of you. Wolf saving throw not good enough. What does the sacred flame of a storm cleric of Marthammor Duin look like?

Rolls

Wolf dex save - (1d20+2)

(3) + 2 = 5

Jan 20, 2018 7:43 pm
Pageflap feels an unexpected force pulling at his pack. Before he can react to it, Kit's grimoire flies out and lands, open, on the floor behind him. The smell of forest and spring and blooming flowers fills the room as a tear in the fabric of reality rips up from the pages of the book, parting the very air. Bright sunlight shines through the tear, shadowed briefly by a figure occluding the light. The fragrance and warmth remain, but the bright sunlight disappears as Kit, wielding a staff and wearing worn leather armor, steps through the portal, which promptly disappears.

It takes Kit a moment to adjust to his surroundings, but seeing Pageflap and Barendd in front of him, his face breaks into a wide grin. Pageflap! Barendd! I thought I'd never see the two of you again! He furrows his brow and continues. But I thought you would have long ago left this town. What has made you tarry here for so many months?


As if only now realizing something other than a happy reunion might be taking place, Kit leans to the side to look around Pageflap. He again furrows his brow when he sees the wolf attacking through the window. I say, my dear Pageflap, this familiar of yours seems rather aggressive. And on fire.
Jan 20, 2018 7:57 pm
lenpelletier says:
OOC:
What does the sacred flame of a storm cleric of Marthammor Duin look like?
OOC:
I've been meaning to ask you if I can reskin it to look like ball lightning, but remain radiant damage mechanically. :-)
As Torden reaches the door he yells, "Watch your backs! There may be more coming in through the back door!" He wonders if Amanda is alright.
Last edited January 20, 2018 7:58 pm
Jan 20, 2018 8:39 pm
Aegar jumps back, the adrenaline has finally taken over inside of him and pulled him out of his drunken state. While running to the back of the room he sheaths his battle ax and brandishes his Longbow. Using the table for cover he readies an arrow and aims at the door waiting for an attacker to come through. Marlowe! Glad you decided to grace us with your presence. Enough of your yammering and get your weapon out! Its time for some fun.
Jan 21, 2018 12:58 am
Blasted thing this crossbow I may need to get closer if these bolts cannot find their mark. Barendd takes a shot at the red beard and hopes for the best.
Months Kit? It's been hours since we've been together underground.

Rolls

Shot at Red Beard - (1d20+4)

(5) + 4 = 9

Possible damage - (1d10+2)

(7) + 2 = 9

Jan 21, 2018 4:09 am
Iman, infuriated, stares down the red bearded Bandit and welcomes his attacks.

Was that it?! The three of you and your dogs couldn’t bring me off my feet? Ha!

Iman plays off his injuries as if they were nothing, but knows all too well the situation he is in. In hopes to scare off the other bandits, Iman makes a reckless attack on red beard to try to take him out with his halberd combo.

Rolls

Attack on red beard - (1d20+5)

(8) + 5 = 13

Reckless attack advantage - (1d20+5)

(5) + 5 = 10

Damage if hit - (1d10+5)

(5) + 5 = 10

Bonus action attack - (1d20+5)

(16) + 5 = 21

Bonus attack reckless advantage - (1d20+5)

(12) + 5 = 17

Damage for bonus - (1d4+5)

(2) + 5 = 7

Len Inactive for 1 months

Jan 21, 2018 5:57 am
Iman's strikes rail into Red Beard. He stumbles back, his mouth bleeding and lips split. He spits out a tooth and yells out "Yee haw! We got ourselves a live one boys!"

Len Inactive for 1 months

Jan 21, 2018 5:59 am
Barendd's bolt goes wide, Red Beard not even aware that he was shot at.
OOC:
Go ahead and have an inspiration die, Starrbeardo! Let's hope it changes your luck :)
Jan 21, 2018 9:29 pm
¡Arriba andale!
Barendd drops his crossbow to draw Leachclaw and a handaxe to attack the wolf at the window (t19)
OOC:
Oops Should I strike this all through? I don't know why I thought it was my turn.
Last edited January 22, 2018 3:07 pm

Rolls

Attack with Leachclaw - (1d20+5)

(3) + 5 = 8

Damage with Leachclaw - (1d8+3)

(5) + 3 = 8

Attack with handaxe - (1d20+5)

(16) + 5 = 21

damage with handaxe - (1d6+3)

(4) + 3 = 7

Inspiration attack with Leachclaw - (1d20+5)

(17) + 5 = 22

Bless addition - (1d4)

(1) = 1

Len Inactive for 1 months

Jan 22, 2018 6:34 am
OOC:
True, you jumped a round Starrbeardo! That kind of mistake just tells me you're eager to kick some ass :D . We'll just strike it from the record, since things may be very different after a whole round.
I'll repost a Link to the map so we don't have to keep going back a page in the thread to find it. I noticed that if the characters position themselves correctly, you can spell TPK. This is a bad sign.
Jan 22, 2018 2:48 pm
OOC:
Are we waiting for Aegar and Pageflap?
Jan 22, 2018 4:49 pm
Pageflap was somewhat startled when the wold before him was suddenly consumed by what looked to be ball lightning. He hoped that someone wasn't too distracted by the fight to see this incredibly rare and mysterious phenomenon so that they wouldn't think he was crazy when describing it afterward. Said hope was immediately answered by Kit jumping out of his backpack, further startling Pageflap.

Recovering, he joins in on filling Kit in on the situation, pointing towards the kitchen and speaking a sound of shattered glass to let him know there's more, then pointing to his 'familiar' and shaking his head, telling him it is not. He reinforces this by reaching for the wolf and using Shocking Grasp with a shout of static.

Grasping it by its neck while it's distracted by the ball lightning, he let's out a discharge before ducking out of the window's view. He would love if the arrow on his arm never gains a companion.
Last edited January 22, 2018 4:56 pm

Rolls

Shocking Grasp attempt - (1d20+5)

(9) + 5 = 14

Bless - (1d4)

(3) = 3

Damage if hit - (1d8)

(6) = 6

Len Inactive for 1 months

Jan 22, 2018 4:59 pm
OOC:
Since there are no strict post requirements on weekends, I will wait for Jacketch to run Pageflap's turn. In general, Jacketch has been one of the most consistent posters in this game from day 1. TheDaykinator is welcome to take his turn before Jacketch, but once Pageflap goes, if Aegar hasn't acted then I will take over his action. In general, TheDaykinator has said he's going through a busy time, so I will be conducting his actions as soon as everyone else has acted in his initiative slot.

Thanks for your patience everyone. I recognize pacing has been sub-par since starting back up. I kinda expected it to be a bit slow as we start back up, and I'm working towards making every week stronger.

Edit: Oh look at that, Jacketch posted while I typed this. Thanks Jacketch!
Edit: Oops, also I said G3rmanicus instead of Daykinator in my first post. Sorry!

Len Inactive for 1 months

Jan 22, 2018 5:11 pm
Jacketch's 'familiar' falls backward and out of the window with a yelp. Its dead body continues to twitch as the electrical attacks dissipate.

Aegar pulls his longbow out and heads to the the northwest corner of the room. He throws open the window and takes a shot at Skeetz (N1), then backs away behind cover.

Rolls

Longbow attack against N1 (piercing) - (1d20+4, 1d8+2)

1d20+4 : (12) + 4 = 16

1d8+2 : (8) + 2 = 10

Len Inactive for 1 months

Jan 22, 2018 5:19 pm
NIGHT BLADES' TURN

One of the wolves (W1) strike at Iman with wild fury, finally knocking the bull of a man him off his feet.
OOC:
Iman is unconscious now. Starting on his next turn and each round after, he will roll a Death Saving throw (1d20, no + mods). If you roll below 10, you fail. If you roll above 10 you succeed. If you have 3 failures your character dies. If you have 3 success, your character stabilizes and does not need to roll death saves anymore. Rolling a 1 counts as 2 failures. Rolling a 20 means you instantly go back to 1 hit point and jump back on your feet, ready to act.
Bitchy (n4) and Clubs (n3) move to the door and swing them wide open. Bitchy starts singing "Here is the church. Here is the steeple. Open the doors and see all the people!" as the two of them pound on Torden and Aegar.
OOC:
Torden takes 11 piercing damage, Aegar takes 7 piercing damage
After taking an arrow to the arm, Skeetz N4) jumps through the window. Switching to his shortsword he seeks to return Aegar's wound.
OOC:
Aegar takes 11 piercing damage.
The leader, Red Beard (N2), is bleeding heavily and makes his way to find cover, screaming "Yee haw! Fuck 'em Night Blades! Show these fuckers who's boss in these parts!".

The final wolf (W3) finds its way through the window, following its master (dash action).

Rolls

Wolf 3 bite vs. Iman (adv. from pack tactics) - (1d20+4, 1d20+4, 2d4+2)

1d20+4 : (6) + 4 = 10

1d20+4 : (19) + 4 = 23

2d4+2 : (44) + 2 = 10

Bitchy attack 1 vs. Torden (adv. from pack tactics, piercing) - (1d20+4, 1d20+4, 1d6+2)

1d20+4 : (19) + 4 = 23

1d20+4 : (15) + 4 = 19

1d6+2 : (2) + 2 = 4

Bitchy attack 2 vs. Torden - (1d20+4, 1d20+4, 1d6+2)

1d20+4 : (2) + 4 = 6

1d20+4 : (13) + 4 = 17

1d6+2 : (5) + 2 = 7

Clubs attack 1 vs. Aegar (adv. from pack tactics, piercing) - (1d20+4, 1d20+4, 1d6+2)

1d20+4 : (11) + 4 = 15

1d20+4 : (4) + 4 = 8

1d6+2 : (1) + 2 = 3

Clubs attack 2 vs. Aegar - (1d20+4, 1d20+4, 1d6+2)

1d20+4 : (14) + 4 = 18

1d20+4 : (5) + 4 = 9

1d6+2 : (2) + 2 = 4

Skeetz attack 1 vs. Aegar (adv. pack tactics, piercing) - (1d20+4, 1d20+4, 2d4+2)

1d20+4 : (20) + 4 = 24

1d20+4 : (16) + 4 = 20

2d4+2 : (12) + 2 = 5

Skeetz attack 2 vs. Aegar - (1d20+4, 1d20+4, 2d4+2)

1d20+4 : (16) + 4 = 20

1d20+4 : (3) + 4 = 7

2d4+2 : (12) + 2 = 5

Crit damage - (1d6)

(1) = 1

Len Inactive for 1 months

Jan 22, 2018 5:54 pm
OOC:
Torden and Kit are up.
Link to the map
Jan 22, 2018 5:58 pm
OOC:
Just posting this in advance before Torden's turn. Might be a little busy tonight.

Rolls

Saving throw - (1d20)

(8) = 8

Len Inactive for 1 months

Jan 22, 2018 6:09 pm
Len sent a note to G3rmanicus
OOC:
One failed save, good luck!

Len Inactive for 1 months

Jan 22, 2018 6:12 pm
OOC:
Hey G3rmanicus, did I give you an inspiration dice yet? If not, here ya go for making an epic stand! If you already have on, you can use it on Death Saves.
Jan 22, 2018 6:18 pm
Kit's eyes still seem a little lost and glossy. Not a familiar? He smiles at Barendd's insistence that mere hours have past since last they saw each other. A fine jest, friend Barendd. I look forward to more of this play you write! He seems to shake himself from his reverie a bit as the bandits and another wolf break through into the inn. My word! A donnybrook!

Kit seems rather unconcerned by the melee taking place in front of him, a rather disconcerting reaction from someone who so recently reacted to combat by running screaming. Casually and with a spring in his step, he saunters over next to the table, points his finger at the wolf, and says, Doggie go zap!
OOC:
Casting Eldritch Blast at the wolf (W3).

Rolls

Eldritch Blast - (1d10)

(6) = 6

Eldritch Blast (I suppose I could add the to hit roll) - (1d20+5)

(13) + 5 = 18

Len Inactive for 1 months

Jan 23, 2018 5:09 am
Kit's finger blast smashes into 'doggie' causing it to yelp in pain.
OOC:
And what does a Fey patron warlock's eldritch blast look like, McDunno?
Jan 23, 2018 6:51 am
Torden watches in dismay as Iman goes down in the dirt. He could have helped the man if he had only been quicker. He blames lack of sleep during this last week of travel. His thoughts are interrupted as Bitchy's blade penetrates his armor and finds flesh. Torden's eye's flash and a jolt of electricity courses through the blade and zaps the bandit woman.
OOC:
This is Wrath of the Storm, a tempest domain ability that spends Torden's reaction. Bitchy takes 2d8 lightning damage. Save DEX vs. DC 14 for half.


Suddenly the easygoing wanderer is no more. In the middle of the room is now an enraged volamtar, a furious storm of divine wrath. Hairs and feathers on human, wolf, dwarf, half-elf, and kenku stand on end as the air crackles and sparks. Haloed in blue lightning, Torden raises Stormbreaker high and slams the handle down on the floor, sending a ferocious wave of thunderous force sweeping across the room.
OOC:
Using Channel Divinity (Destructive Wrath) for maximum (16hp) damage for the Thunderwave. Save CON vs. DC 14 for half and no knockback.
Last edited January 23, 2018 8:13 am

Rolls

Wrath of the Storm - (2d8)

(68) = 14

Jan 23, 2018 2:05 pm
Jabes.plays.RPG says:
Suddenly the easygoing wanderer is no more. In the middle of the room is now an enraged volamtar, a furious storm of divine wrath. Hairs and feathers on human, wolf, dwarf, half-elf, and kenku stand on end as the air crackles and sparks. Haloed in blue lightning, Torden raises Stormbreaker high and slams the handle down on the floor, sending a ferocious wave of thunderous force sweeping across the room.
Kit's face shines in delight. His eyes seem to reflect the primal forces Torden has unleashed. He licks the hairs on his arms and begins a laugh that rises to a fever pitch.
Jan 23, 2018 2:07 pm
lenpelletier says:
Kit's finger blast smashes into 'doggie' causing it to yelp in pain.
OOC:
And what does a Fey patron warlock's eldritch blast look like, McDunno?
OOC:
Hmm. I hadn't thought about that. I think green would be appropriate. Forest green. With purple holes. And, no, I don't mean green with purple spots. I mean green with purple holes.

Len Inactive for 1 months

Jan 23, 2018 4:16 pm
One thing is for sure, you wipe the smirk clean off the Night Blades' faces as sure as you knock the doors off their hinges. The wolf dies instantly and Aegar, regrettably, is caught in the blast and is knocked unconscious.
OOC:
Damage noted in the map

Rolls

Bitchy dex save - (1d20+1)

(20) + 1 = 21

Night Blades con saves - (1d20+2)

(5) + 2 = 7

Wolves con saves - (1d20+1)

(18) + 1 = 19

Len Inactive for 1 months

Jan 23, 2018 4:36 pm
ROUND THREE

INITIATIVE ORDER

1. Aegar, Barendd, Iman, Pageflap's {any order}
2. 4 Night Blades, 1 Wolf
3. Torden, Kit

BATTLEFIELD FEATURES

Link to map

Common Room:

1. Double doors are destroyed
2. Windows (AC 10, 1 hp), 2 are shattered
3. Big, sturdy oak table and 6 sturdy chairs.
4. Empty bar

Len Inactive for 1 months

Jan 23, 2018 4:38 pm
Aegar rage, rages against the dying of the light.
OOC:
1 success

Rolls

death save - (1d20)

(17) = 17

Jan 23, 2018 7:59 pm
Seeing Torden's sudden transformation Barendd decides he's had enough of his crossbow and drops it. To no one on particular he says, Vaya con Dios as he moves toward Bitchy and to be near the fallen Iman. As he moves he draws out one of his trusty hand axes as well as his new weapon Leachclaw. He attacks Bitchy by taking a sweeping swing with the axe in his off hand and tries to use the momentum.do aid in a harder strike with leach claw that sees him completely rotating as he is carried by the momentum of his follow through.
Last edited January 23, 2018 8:01 pm

Rolls

Attack with handaxe - (1d20+5)

(9) + 5 = 14

Attack with Leachclaw - (1d20+5)

(13) + 5 = 18

Inspiration roll attack with Leachclaw - (1d20+5)

(5) + 5 = 10

Damage handaxe - (1d6+3)

(5) + 3 = 8

Damage Leachclaw - (1d8+3)

(6) + 3 = 9

Bless added to handaxe attack roll - (1d4)

(4) = 4

Len Inactive for 1 months

Jan 23, 2018 9:23 pm
Bitchy goes down in a hail of blood and Dwarven fury. Her last words are "GAK!"
Jan 24, 2018 7:08 am
Shaking off the uncomfortable feeling the static gave him, Pageflap rushes behind the table for cover and preen his ruffled feathers later. Passing Kit, he gives him a thumbs up for that weird blast of energy, though he hopes he is not nearly as successful as he was at getting power through his spell.

He waves his talon towards the Nightblade in the corner (N1) and his voice lights the match that shoots a fire bolt at him.

Rolls

Fire Bolt Attempt - (1d20+5)

(2) + 5 = 7

Damage if hit (burning) - (1d10)

(3) = 3

Len Inactive for 1 months

Jan 25, 2018 4:10 pm
OOC:
Sorry, I was waiting on Iman and realized he already rolled his death save in advance. My fault.
Pageflap's firebolt flies wide.

NIGHTBLADES' TURN

"Fookin' 'ell! Gank the mage!" cries Clubs, who surges at Torden with the wolf as Barendd is pulling his axes out of Bitchy. He manages to catch him unawares. (8 piercing damage).

Red Beard comes around the wall and storms at Barendd. Seeing as the Torden went down to Club's attack, the wolf attacks Barendd instead. (12 piercing damage)

Skeetz makes a run at Pageflap and gets past his defenses (8 damage).

Rolls

Night Blades attack vs. Torden (adv. pack tactics, piercing) - (1d20+4, 1d20+4, 1d6+2)

1d20+4 : (12) + 4 = 16

1d20+4 : (8) + 4 = 12

1d6+2 : (6) + 2 = 8

Night Blades attack vs. Torden (adv. pack tactics, piercing) - (1d20+4, 1d20+4, 1d6+2)

1d20+4 : (9) + 4 = 13

1d20+4 : (6) + 4 = 10

1d6+2 : (6) + 2 = 8

Red Beard attack 1 on Barendd (pack tactics, piercing) - (1d20+4, 1d20+4, 1d6+2)

1d20+4 : (1) + 4 = 5

1d20+4 : (4) + 4 = 8

1d6+2 : (1) + 2 = 3

Red Beard attack 2 on Barendd (pack tactics, piercing) - (1d20+4, 1d20+4, 1d6+2)

1d20+4 : (13) + 4 = 17

1d20+4 : (4) + 4 = 8

1d6+2 : (3) + 2 = 5

Wolf attack on Barendd (pack tactics, piercing) - (1d20+4, 1d20+4, 2d4+2)

1d20+4 : (10) + 4 = 14

1d20+4 : (13) + 4 = 17

2d4+2 : (23) + 2 = 7

Skeetz attack 1 vs. Pageflap - (1d20+4, 1d6+2)

1d20+4 : (6) + 4 = 10

1d6+2 : (5) + 2 = 7

Skeetz attack 2 vs. Pageflap - (1d20+4, 1d6+2)

1d20+4 : (14) + 4 = 18

1d6+2 : (6) + 2 = 8

Len Inactive for 1 months

Jan 25, 2018 4:20 pm
OOC:
Torden and Kit are up. Looking pretty grim here!
Jan 25, 2018 4:26 pm
OOC:
Kit's kind of looking around the inn a bit and starts to think he may be the only one left standing. Does that seem accurate?

Len Inactive for 1 months

Jan 25, 2018 5:23 pm
OOC:
I'm not sure if Starrbeardo and Jacketch are keeping their HP current on their character sheets, so it is hard to tell without going back a few pages of posts. I think Barendd is still up with an action surge up his sleeve.
Jan 25, 2018 5:47 pm
McDunno sent a note to lenpelletier
Jan 25, 2018 6:04 pm
OOC:
I believe mine is accurate though I haven't updated after this last attack. Accounting for my temp hp I'm at 4 I believe
Jan 25, 2018 6:14 pm
OOC:
I forgot to make a Concentration check when Torden took damage!

Barendd already used his Bless bonus before Torden got hit, and so did Pageflap, but it's relevant to Aegar because if I make the check he can still use the extra d4 for one of his death saves.

Made it! Right on the nose!
Last edited January 25, 2018 6:21 pm

Rolls

Concentration check - (1d20+3)

(7) + 3 = 10

Jan 25, 2018 6:14 pm
Pageflap bucked back and managed to avoid the club flying towards his face. Dodging left him open for a second attack, and out of reflex he held his arm out, mimicking the sound of an hammer hitting an anvil. Now wielding a magic shield to compliment the magic armor, he blocks the attack and redirects it to the side.

As the shield takes form, Pageflap grasps the leftover magic and a soft dome of magic surrounds him to provide additional protection to ward off attacks (7 temp HP).
Jan 25, 2018 6:42 pm
OOC:
Oh crap, I'm sorry I missed it! Yeah Torden is down, so ignore my last post with the Sacred Flame and Healing Word. Does Wrath of the Storm still trigger against Clubs though? Rolling just in case. Ignore if inapplicable. Thanks!

Rolls

Wrath of the Storm - (2d8)

(77) = 14

First Death Save - (1d20)

(16) = 16

Len Inactive for 1 months

Jan 25, 2018 9:09 pm
OOC:
@Jabes: Yes it does. Well look at that, you killed one!
Clubs and Torden go down in a mess of sparks and blood.

Rolls

Clubs' Dex save - (1d20+1)

(2) + 1 = 3

Jan 25, 2018 9:34 pm
OOC:
Sorry for the delay. I was hoping on a ruling on whether Sleep could be targeted on the outside of a building before posting. I'm leaving work soon and probably wouldn't be able to post again until later tonight, so I'm going to just post it and get the ruling later.
Kit, seeing so many of his companions falling before the pack, kind of widens his eyes then narrows them, as if he's trying to refocus on the scene in front of him. He reaches into a pouch, withdrawing a pinch of sand. With dramatic flourish, he sprinkles it in an arc in front of him.

This game has been a merry jest, but methinks it has lasted too long. Sleep, foul ruffians. Sleep, perchance to dream.
OOC:
Kit casts Sleep on square W12. This should be enough to target the three remaining enemies without targeting Barendd or Pageflap (but if he has to get one of them in the area of effect to get all three enemies, he will).
EDIT:
OOC:
Well, that was a pretty lackluster roll. On second viewing, I guess it was almost exactly average.
Last edited January 25, 2018 9:35 pm

Rolls

Sleep - (5d8)

(27832) = 22

Len Inactive for 1 months

Jan 25, 2018 11:15 pm
Both Red Beard and Skeetz collapse unconscious!
OOC:
Probably doesn't work RAW, but it is entirely fine. You could probably move it down a few and maybe would have slept Pageflap, but I like this story better.

Here's the relevant ruling for future reference:
[ +- ] PHB 204
For everybody: these characters are knocked prone and cannot take actions, movement, or reactions. All attacks have advantage on these creatures and if they hit are automatically critical hits (roll your damage dice twice!)
Jan 26, 2018 2:12 am
Kit sees the wolf still standing and exclaims, Of all the--! You impertinent pup! He waves his hand in the wolf's direction. Barendd, be a dear and take care of that, will you? Kit heads over to the western door and, heedless of any potential danger, opens it and walks on through.
Jan 26, 2018 2:42 am
OOC:
Just so everyone knows I am here and ready to post, just been waiting until it's my turn again to make another death save throw. Thank you all for being so patient with me, my classwork load has been insane this semester with papers and setting up observations with schools (I'm an education major and all of my classes require observation hours in classrooms).
Jan 26, 2018 4:35 am
OOC:
whelp, assuming it would be my turn now given everyone's current health
Buenas Noches perrito.
Barendd narrows his eyes at the remaining wolf as all other assailants are asleep. He swings first using Leachclaw then chopping with his handaxe. To be sure he uses action surge to swing a third time with Leachclaw hoping to end the wolf's will to continue attacking.
OOC:
Lol crit fail on handaxe should I do some writing on what that ends up doing?
Last edited January 26, 2018 4:36 am

Rolls

First attack with Leachclaw - (1d20+5)

(9) + 5 = 14

Second attack with Leachclaw - (1d20+5)

(19) + 5 = 24

Attack with handaxe - (1d20)

(1) = 1

First damage Leachclaw - (1d8+3)

(2) + 3 = 5

Second damage Leachclaw - (1d8+3)

(5) + 3 = 8

Damage handaxe - (1d6+3)

(6) + 3 = 9

Jan 26, 2018 4:41 am
Aegar feels the will to live pulse within him, he sees the light of the afterlife before and turns from it. Searching for the moral world.

Rolls

Death save - (1d20)

(15) = 15

Len Inactive for 1 months

Jan 26, 2018 6:39 am
Barendd crushes the skull of the wolf with successive blows, ending the fight.
OOC:
If you want something bad to happen on a 1, then feel free to describe it! It can be fun to fail spectacularly.

The fight is over! Players who are down, don't worry about the death saving throws at this point. By some unlikely chance you might still die even though people will likely try to stabilize you, but it would take a lot of rolling and I'd rather get on with the story. You will wake up in 1d4 hours with 1 hit point, you can roll that and see what's going to happen.
Kit finds a long empty hall, nothing seems disturbed. The sound of a pot boiling over comes from behind the kitchen, and you don't find Amanda when you poke your head inside. The kitchen's back door wings in the wind.
Jan 26, 2018 7:17 am
Quickly getting over the surprise of the Nightblades falling asleep, Pageflap dismisses his shield. Looking over towards Barennd, he sees the other guy fall asleep too and the final wolf be dispatched.

Taking the rope out of his backpack, he begins tying the guy in front of him up after he waves towards Barennd to do the same. Once the ropes are secured he goes through his pockets to see what equipment he has. He does this while thinking about Kit's sudden appearance and considers looking closely towards what those new spells he used were to see if he can learn anything from them later on.
Jan 26, 2018 7:18 am
OOC:
Torden remains unconscious for 4 hours.
Last edited January 26, 2018 7:19 am

Rolls

Hours to wake up - (1d4)

(4) = 4

Jan 26, 2018 7:53 am
His trusty handaxe was deeply embedded in the ground as he finished the wolf off. It was so deep that he decides to leave it until after the group begins to connect itself. Ah these brutes can't seem to keep to themselves. The mark of some not great criminals in my opinion. Noticing Pageflap looting the bandits he does the same taking care to grab one of the wolves chains thinking he may be able to use it to reinforce Leachclaw in some manner.
Pageflap, once we have finished this clean up effort reckon we should talk to some of the locals to see how we should proceed? Or would it be better to keep our efforts closer to the chest? That Torden and to handle himself pretty well at least. At this point Barendd is being equal parts conversational and rhetorical, wanting input from his feathered friend and musing at the same time.
Kit! It seems we've some catching up to do one this situation has started to calm down a bit.
Jan 26, 2018 2:10 pm
Kit fixes himself a cup of tea and heads back into the main room. Noticing the cloaks of their attackers, he says, Are these bandits still vexing you? I'd have thought the situation would have resolved itself one way or another long ago. Is that why you have remained in this town?
Last edited January 26, 2018 2:11 pm
Jan 26, 2018 3:18 pm
Iman grunts and groans in his sleep. In his head, he is still fighting the nightblades and has not idea he had actually been knocked unconscious by the beast.

Rolls

Hours asleep - (1d4)

(4) = 4

Len Inactive for 1 months

Jan 26, 2018 4:31 pm
OOC:
I think we'll just call it 4 hours for everyone.
After the battle wanes, the survivors survey the battlefield. The common room of the inn is a complete disaster; the windows smashed, the doors blown off their hinges, and the wood around where Torden stood is blackened. Blood is everywhere, some of it your own.

While attending to the wounded and securing prisoners, the townspeople begin cautiously approaching. A couple of the town's militia show up first, still trying to don their armour over farmer's clothes, soon followed by people of all walks of life. Apparently the whole town saw the battle and are amazed. You hear a variety of comments from the growing crowd that begins to form around the inn.

"They stood up to them. They stood up to the bloody Night blades! And won! I don't believe it."

"By the Gods! Did you see that lad who took his stand on the deck? He faced them all down by himself! BY HIMSELF! What's his name?"

"I saw a flash, and then the Dwarf with that scythe-thing just strode out and chopped them down like they were nothing! Like he was chopping firewood, yar!"

"I haven't seen magicks like that since the old days! Did you see the explosion of ice?

...And they just put them to sleep!

...And they commanded thunder itself!"


Amanda returns safely and helps to get the wounded into beds and tends to their wounds. There is no sign of Philcock. The rest of the militia (6 in all) arrives and forms an honour guard around the inn. Flowers, bread, sweets, and other tokens of appreciation begin pouring in from around the town.

IMAN
When Iman awakens, he is greeted by the old Knight he met earlier, Sir Winter.

"Well, it seems you took my advice a little too seriously! Aye, but that was a glorious stand! You would have made a fine Arkasian Knight. I don't know if there is any power left in the title, but I grant you Knighthood for your bold actions today."

And with that he taps his sword on his Iman's shoulders while he's lying there in bed.

"Oh, and my wife has been bugging me to chop this into kindling for years. Bet it would look better in your hands than in my hearth. Sir ... um, what's your family name?" With that, he lifts an ornate polearm and places it in your hands (for G3rmanicus to describe). The blade is incredibly sharp.
[ +- ] Polearm of Sharpness

Len Inactive for 1 months

Jan 26, 2018 4:47 pm
PAGEFLAP, BARENDD, and KIT
Gavun Grayhorn arrives bearing gifts and words of praise. He hands over a kingly gift, the cloaks him and his former adventuring crew (4). The crest of the long dead Arkasian Adventurer's Guild is still stitched on the side.

"I can't bring myself to sell them, but I have no trouble passing them on to a new generation of heroes like yourselves."
[ +- ] Cloak of Protection (x4)

Len Inactive for 1 months

Jan 26, 2018 4:48 pm
Torden, Iman, and Aegar awake with 1 hit point. It is 4pm, and the late autumn sun hangs low in the sky. What do you want to do, Heroes of Whitesparrow?
Jan 26, 2018 5:23 pm
Torden drains the last of his magic healing Iman and Aegar if they will accept it. The tempest cleric's healing is quite unusual and somewhat violent, involving jolts of electricity that restores the patient's strength but leaves their hair singed.

Rolls

Cure Wounds Iman - (1d8+4)

(1) + 4 = 5

Cure Wounds Aegar - (1d8+4)

(6) + 4 = 10

Jan 26, 2018 6:37 pm
As the townspeople flood the inn and begin heaping praise upon the group, Kit immediately loses his faraway look and begins to work the crowd. Not that their feat needs embellishing, but the showman in him cannot help himself, and each member's contribution grows, aided by the occasional sound effect of wolf growl (Minor Illusion), spark of lightning (Prestidigitation), and dangerous bandit threats (Actor Feat). As the crowd gets worked up and begins cheering, Kit uses his skills of illusion and mimicry to begin peppering throughout the crowd various voices exclaiming The Heroes of Whitesparrow until it takes on a life of its own.

Although he is feeling anything but humble, the master showman understands his audience and what is expected of heroes, and he accepts his Cloak of Protection with gracious humility.
Jan 26, 2018 9:05 pm
Pageflap sits on the deck of the inn while tends to the arrow poking out of him. He spends some time looking over what Barennd and he were able to get from the Nightblades before they were taken away. As he does this he looks at the cloak, remembering Gavun's tale about the White Dragon, and takes a look at the crest to see what he'll be wearing.

Once everything's accounted for, he takes the brass brazier out of his pack, places the charcoal beneath it and the herbs above. Using prestidigitation he lights a fire and the incense, then begins focusing his magic towards gaining a familiar.

Len Inactive for 1 months

Jan 26, 2018 10:41 pm
Jacketch says:
Pageflap sits on the deck of the inn while tends to the arrow poking out of him. He spends some time looking over what Barennd and he were able to get from the Nightblades before they were taken away. As he does this he looks at the cloak, remembering Gavun's tale about the White Dragon, and takes a look at the crest to see what he'll be wearing.

Once everything's accounted for, he takes the brass brazier out of his pack, places the charcoal beneath it and the herbs above. Using prestidigitation he lights a fire and the incense, then begins focusing his magic towards gaining a familiar.
OOC:
What familiar do you want to summon, Jacketch? If you're not sure, owl is a solid choice
Jan 27, 2018 1:55 am
Pyregrip Iman responds with squinting eyes as he is just feeling the life come back to him.
Pyromancy was my family’s craft. Sadly, I didn’t get the chance to learn the skill. Iman pauses for a moment and takes the gift from the knight. It was Glaive. An 18 inch edged blade on a 7 ft pole lined with orange linen bandages for grip with a spiked end.

Thank you, erm, Sir. I will proudly wield it in battle. But me, a knight? I’m not sure I fit the type, but I will honor your act and fight for what i feel is just.

To Torden, Thank you Stormhammer, it doesn’t even feel like we just met. I feel like I will be recovering just fine because of you.

Everyone else okay? Are we still getting dinner?
Jan 27, 2018 5:38 am
"It was lunch that we missed, I believe." Torden drawls. "Sounds like I'm not the only one getting a serious case of the munchies." The dwarf, who had insisted on helping repair the shattered doors and windows but had been shooed away by the local artisans mainly because he hadn't been very good at it, now sits heavy-lidded, with feet propped on a chair, smoking a pipe loaded with a sweet-smelling leaf unlike any pipeweed anyone has seen before. Having used up his magical reserves healing Iman and Aegar, Torden is forced to let his own wounds heal the regular way and the soothing herb smoke wafting about him is a welcome balm to the pain.
Last edited January 27, 2018 5:41 am

Len Inactive for 1 months

Jan 28, 2018 7:07 am
A feast is served shortly after all have awoken, accompanying Marlowe's performance. Though a meager feast by some standards, it is definitely a grand affair for a struggling community. Many come out to meet those who stood up to the Night Blades. The Willowmane siblings return towing a wagon that was fell upon by beasts from the Howling Woods - no survivors. Apparently it was carrying supplies for Deepfathom Well, the nearby Voidwater mine.

There is talk about the Night Blades, and the locals share some rumours with you about suspicious things that have been going on:

* The original Night Blades used the ruined watchtower known as the Lonely Torch for their headquarters. The site is overgrown with an invasive poisonous tangleweed, which covers most of the hills around the tower.

* Rose, who has now been released from jail under Amanda's custody, informs you that the leader of the new Night Blades goes by the title 'Night Lord' and wears a golden mask, whose edges reveal that the skin of his neck is horribly scarred.

* A cloud of bats has been seen flying over the Lonely Torch. Witnesses have reported seeing the bats descend on a large elk that wandered too close to the tangleweed, swarming it and leaving only a bloodless, wrinkled husk behind.

* A few weeks ago, a number of villagers saw someone they swear was Ralavaz the Night Blade returning to the Lonely Torch.

* A witness claims to have seen Night Blade bandits pissing on their own boots before making their way up to the Lonely Torch.
Jan 28, 2018 2:51 pm
"Pissing on their own boots?" Torden chuckles, blowing smoke rings. "I must say that's not the strangest ritual for admittance I've witnessed. I once saw a tribe of llama racers who, at the start of each race, would each fill their left boot with piss and then drink it!"
Jan 29, 2018 4:14 am
Pageflap sits at the table, spellbook open to his Detect Magic spell. In front of him sits a normal looking weasel. As he's casting his spell, he repeats Rose's mentioning of the Night Lord and his golden mask. He twirls his talon in a carry on gesture, asking if there's anything else she knows about him.

He the tosses some sweet looking bread into his beak.

Len Inactive for 1 months

Jan 29, 2018 1:22 pm
"I never met him personally." said Rose.

"We mostly worked under Red Beard, he would meet us in an abandoned barn. But Red Beard was definitely scared of him."
Jan 29, 2018 3:54 pm
And how far off is this Lonely Torch from here, Rose?
Jan 29, 2018 4:21 pm
OOC:
Sorry for the awkward placement of this. Kit's explanation should have happened a little earlier, but it's harder for me to write more in-depth posts on weekends. Because of the nature of play by post, rather than wait for responses to anything Kit has to say, I'll just lay it all out there and anyone can retcon interruptions, questions, responses, etc.
When things settle down a bit, Kit addresses his companions (after properly introducing himself to Torden, of course). I begin to see why you have remained in this town. Defending the townspeople from these ruffians has surely been taxing to you all. I fear asking what has become of Raishe. And though wiping out the Nightblades once and for all would be a worthy endeavor, I bring news of a more pressing nature. Though I fear that the nearly two months it has taken me to return to you may have already doomed this town to the threat below.

As Kit speaks, you notice that there are several changes in him that seem unlikely to have happened in the few hours since you saw him last. Though still not what one would consider muscle-bound, Kit seems physically stronger than he had been. Aside from his newly demonstrated use of spells that go beyond mere illusion (and his standing his ground in battle rather than fleeing), the staff he carries with such ease belies the ineptness he previously showed with weapons. And the leather armor he wears certainly appears to have been put through its paces.

To begin, he continues, with Pageflap's assistance, I have learned that my uncle's grimoire is a communications portal, of sorts. It allowed me to speak to members of a far-off world known as the Feywild. I also believe that the tome's nearness to the tentacled horrors below facilitated that communication. The Fey brought me to them and trained me these past months, offering to grant me new abilities in exchange for my aid.

We now can put a name to what we face, though that in no way diminishes its horror. It is known as the Blight. It has infected much of the Feywild and now appears to be gaining a foothold here. We must stop it! In my time training with the Fey, I have seen fields of waving tentacles, as far as the eye can see. If it is allowed to spread here, in Arkasia, I fear we are all doomed.


He smiles as he puts a hand on Pageflap's shoulder. Luckily, dear Pageflap has shown us the key to battling them. Cold! Cold is the answer! It is the reason it is so warm below. They thrive in the heat. But I have also learned some small spellcraft, similar to Pageflap's, to freeze these nightmare creatures.

So much time has past that I fear we may be too late! But with your assistance, I believe we now have the tools to defeat this wretched enemy before it spreads too far.

Len Inactive for 1 months

Jan 29, 2018 4:27 pm
She points to the top of a tall hill that overlooks the town from the north east and you can just make out the top of a low tower in the setting sun. You judge it to be a solid 3-4 hour hike.
Jan 29, 2018 5:06 pm
Torden lets out a low whistle as Kit describes the Blight. "The Feywild. Tricksy place, that, or so I've heard. And this Blight does sound like a far nastier deal than Ralavaz and his goons. No telling what those lousy Night Blades will do to the town while we're off fighting this Blight though."
Last edited January 29, 2018 5:40 pm
Jan 29, 2018 5:26 pm
Aegar takes in everything Kit has to say, digesting it before he makes his reply. While these Night Blades do need to be dealt with, I agree with Torden and feel the end of the world may be a little more pressing. Kit, you say you've been gone for months; while here you only disappeared for a day or so.
OOC:
If this is wrong just let me know and I'll fix it
Perhaps all is not as lost as it seems.
Aegar looks at the rest of the party What do you all think? Ready to fight some more tentacles?
Jan 29, 2018 6:43 pm
The Blight? Feywild? 2 months? Iman mutters to himself as he tries to comprehend what Kit just announced.
Jan 29, 2018 6:59 pm
Pageflap nods at the mention of his name in regards to helping Kit reach the feywild. He looks towards his new familiar and sees with his magical eyes, noting how the magic flows around it and how it connects him to the weasel. He's never seen fey magic, so he assumes this is what it looks like and sneaks a glance at Kit to confirm.

Pageflap answers Aegar with a shake of his head. Giving a snore, he tells him that he'll be more ready after reading for the night. He casts a puff of smoke with prestidigitation to say that he's pretty low on spells after a day full of fighting.

Len Inactive for 1 months

Jan 29, 2018 8:47 pm
OOC:
We'll probably start tomorrow (Jan 30) at the end of Long Rest and then you guys can decide what to do from there. We can always retcon anything into the evening before the long rest if I rush you too quickly :)
Jan 30, 2018 9:37 pm
Leaving the inn early, Pageflap headed towards the local jailhouse. Taking a seat relatively close to the building, he held out his talon and summoned his familiar onto it. Giving it some instructions, the weasel who he still needed to be named now that he thought about it ran towards the jail and went to find the Night Blades to do some eavesdropping.

While he waited for them to wake up or start talking, he pulled out his spellbook and began preparing the spells he would need for today.

Once the weasel gives him a telepathic signal that they're awake and talking however, he plans to drop what he's doing and see what it's like to focus his senses through his familiar.
Last edited January 31, 2018 3:39 pm
Feb 1, 2018 3:33 am
Realization begins to set in for Kit. Hours? But I was gone for months! How can this be? He sits down, stunned. The training, the traveling. I sat at the court of Queen Titania. I know I was there. I have the powers she granted me. He seems to be visibly struggling with looking into nothingness and trying to focus on those around him. He smiles briefly. That means it's not too late to stop the Blight. Here. Now. I thought it had months to grow. His smile fades and his eyes unfocus again. Only hours, he mutters. I remember the training, the powers, the bargain I struck. Other things fade. He shakes his head. I need to... Kit trails off. He stands and continues, I need to write this all down. It begins to fade from my mind. As if it were all a dream. He heads for his room, muttering. A fevered dream on a midsummer's night.
Last edited February 1, 2018 3:48 am

Len Inactive for 1 months

Feb 1, 2018 4:23 am
OOC:
Feel free to tie up any loose ends before the long rest after this post.
The sun finds its way below the mountains and the day comes to a close. The celebrations wind down, and everyone heads to bed. Given the level of commotion the occurred this day, you are eager to follow suit.

On the morrow, you awaken to a dark and gloomy sky. Rain clouds drench the land in a torrential downpour. As per yesterday, you find the common room (now mostly reconstructed save for the boarded up broken windows) filled with a hearty country breakfast.
OOC:
Long rest complete. You gain back all abilities, spell slots, and HP, as well as gain back half the hit dice you used (round down, minimum of 1), and prepare new spells. What now, adventurers?
Feb 1, 2018 4:44 am
OOC:
I'll repost my last post after whatever morning conversations happen should it last long enough.
Feb 2, 2018 4:23 am
A proper tests and a few meals have done wonders for Barendd's disposition. He sits at breakfast eating to his heart's content waiting for his friends to make their way to him. He is wearing his new cloak over his normal clothing and armor, knowing that the new day brings new dangers with it.
As he waits for the others he begins to.collect his thoughts.

Iman and Aegar seemed a little worse for wear after their latest encounter perhaps having a good to means of attack when trouble presents itself.

Pageflap has proven himself to be capable under pressure and quite good at combat. He needs it remember to tell his feathered friend how proud he is of how far he's progressed as a warrior and a friend.

Kit's revelation about the blight and his time difference seems a little beyond him, though Barendd is glad that he's trained for fighting and doesn't seem to be made of glass as much anymore.

His last thoughts stopped with Torden. Prior to their skirmish Barendd was quite distrustful of his fellow dwarf. What motives did he have to ingratiate himself to the group? He wears his holy symbols and acts like everyone's friend?
However when the cards were down he showed that he could be trusted to act in everyone's best interest. He fought bravely and even healed some of the group when he didn't have to and he could have easily focused on himself. Barendd didn't know how to intimate as such, but their brief time fighting together had earned Torden his respect, and opened the door to also earn his trust. Which honestly wouldn't be too much of a task if Torden felt like joining in on more adventures.
OOC:
I think it would be ok to assume that Barendd would do his best to make these thoughts known to each of the members of the group. If actually having the dialogue would be better I can do that too.
He also examines the addition he had made to Leachclaw. He had reinforced the joining of the claw to the crowbar using some.of the dog's chain, wrapping it tight where they meet and adding some of the purple.acid to etch the chain, he was proud of his work, though he didn't know if this would.impact the utility of his new favorite weapon.
Feb 2, 2018 5:26 pm
I can’t remember the last time I was this sore...that blasted Red Beard. Just let him come at me by himself next, I’ll cut him in two!

After the long rest, Iman recalls himself falling before his enemies and cant help but feel upset.

They will remain locked up for awhile though, so we can deal with the bandits later, although I feel like their companions might come look for them and wonder why they haven’t made it back to the Lonely Torch. But we have more urgent matter you say?
Iman asks Kit.
Feb 2, 2018 6:45 pm
Torden joins the others and flops onto a chair with a yawn. "I've never been much of a morning person," he explains, but seems to wake fully when he peers out the window and sees the gloomy weather. "But I do love when it rains!"

Len Inactive for 1 months

Feb 3, 2018 6:36 pm
As you enjoy another hearty breakfast, Sherif Willowmane arrives with a grim expression and a scroll in her hand.

"This was posted just outside of town in the middle of the night."

The note is written in a rough hand. It reads:
Quote:
To the people of Whitesparrow,

You harbour our enemies. For every day they walk free, a random farmhouse in the valley will burn. The family will be paid the same respect you paid me 20 years ago.

We will accept their surrender at the Lonely Tower.

-- The Night Lord
Feb 3, 2018 7:56 pm
"I've suddenly lost my appetite." Torden rumbles, rising , his expression as dark as. "I take it that given this we all agree to go to the tower and deal with Ralavaz with no further delay?"
Last edited February 3, 2018 7:57 pm
Feb 4, 2018 5:05 am
I would say that dealing with the Blight was the more urgent matter, Kit begins. He gets a faraway look and sighs. But it seems it has not had months to spread as I so recently thought. He nods at Torden. I could not, in good conscience, leave these people to burn as a consequence of our actions.
Feb 4, 2018 6:00 am
Pageflap nods in agreement, scratching the weasel under the chin to see if that's a thing weasels like. "That blasted Red Beard," he says in Iman's voice, tapping the weasel's ear and then his own to reveal his plan this morning to the rest of the group.
Feb 4, 2018 8:08 am
That's the course of action it seems. How do we proceed? Should we feign a surrender then attack? Go for an all out assault? Half and half of that? Do they know the number of our party?
Feb 4, 2018 1:59 pm
Why, dear Barendd! As always, acting is the solution! He stands and begins pacing the room. His step begins to alter dramatically as he adopts a different gait. Boss! he shouts in perfect imitation of Redbeard. Boss! I escaped!
Last edited February 4, 2018 1:59 pm
Feb 5, 2018 4:06 am
Alright Kit, You look like you've seen a thing or two in the months you were in that book He looks around the table at the party. Barendd and himself both adorn the cloaks they gained after their last scuffle. Aegar wondered wether or not this little mission of theirs would constitute another tattoo of his. Lets see what that has to show for itself, how about you take the lead on this one?
Feb 5, 2018 12:19 pm
I knew it would come to this. Iman lowers his head in disgust.
So, decoys huh? There was four bandits, and six of us here. IF we plan on going through with this, I believe Dankill and Stormhammer should come separately, or at a different angle. No offense, but we have to try to match their appearances as much as possible.
Feb 5, 2018 6:39 pm
I guess it's a good thing we took those robes. Perhaps Pageflap won't be ideal to approach the tower either though.

Len Inactive for 1 months

Feb 5, 2018 11:44 pm
OOC:
I would describe the Night Blades' outfits you confiscated more as cloaks than robes. I only mention this because you can put armour or another cloak under a cloak a lot easier than a robe.

I'm mostly gonna keep an eye on things as you guys plan this out, and post whenever you have a question or make an interaction, such as scouting out the Lonely Tower or asking the captive Night Blades some questions. If things start to deadlock, I'll help resolve the plan among players and move the game forward, but I'll give you guys the opportunity to plan it out first.
Feb 6, 2018 2:10 pm
There may have been four bandits, but only two survived the attack. Since the Night Lord left us a message, he must know who survived. Naturally, I will be able to duplicate Red Beard's appearance, voice, and mannerisms perfectly. I can fashion a rudimentary disguise for one other.
OOC:
I was thinking we Chewbacca this and have everyone else in cuffs.

Len Inactive for 1 months

Feb 6, 2018 4:41 pm
Sherif Willowmane interjects

"If I'm understanding your method, we got plenty of manacles you can use. What else can we get you?"
Feb 7, 2018 3:43 pm
Well, Barendd and Pageflap are out as the co-conspirator. Our new friend Torden would be too difficult to disguise as well. Kit looks between Iman and Aegar. Hmm. I could disguise the ears, I suppose. Unless Iman is willing to leave behind his rather large, and rather conspicuous, ax-type thingy. What is that called again? He waives his hand vaguely toward Iman's halberd. I am no tactician, despite my recent training, so I leave the details in more capable hands. I merely point out that I can disguise myself as a perfect replica of Red Beard, in form, manner, and speech, and I can create a passable disguise for one other.
Feb 7, 2018 8:07 pm
lenpelletier says:
"Easy now. The reward to bring us in alive is twice as high as brining us in dead. Killing us is like throwing gold down the pisser,"
says Pageflap. While they know Rose has been released into her mother's custody, he still wonders about the rest of the bandits and wonders if their leader would know any more information.

He then turns to Rose and mimics the sound of bats flapping their wings, asking if she knows anything about that.

Len Inactive for 1 months

Feb 8, 2018 6:40 am
It is the Sheriff who responds:

"I released the five you brought in two days ago, including Rose. Back to their farms and families. I don't think they'll cause much trouble and I couldn't afford to keep 'em feed through the winter even if I wanted them to rot in a jail cell. The two you captured yesterday, Red Beard and Skeetz, well they're a different breed. Not from around here and stone cold killers. They are locked up in the sheriff station for now, and you're welcome to talk to them if you like."
Feb 8, 2018 7:35 pm
well, this plan seems to be coming together. I've never quite enjoyed having shackles on, all my past experiences with them were quite negative, albeit brief. I'm game to continue forth.
Feb 8, 2018 7:38 pm
"Ehh..what's the plan again, exactly?" Torden drawls through a haze of pipe smoke.
Feb 9, 2018 1:14 am
So let me get this straight. Kit and I are going to disguise ourselves as Red Beard & Skeetz and we will approach the lonely torch with the rest of the group following at a distance for an ambush. We need to learn a little more about the area around the tower to better plan this. Paying the bandits a visit might be a good idea before we head off too.

Len Inactive for 1 months

Feb 9, 2018 4:43 am
OOC:
Looks like the group is having a bit of trouble getting some traction on a plan. This is the hardest part of PbP, in my experience. To make things worse, some of you are in the midst of a challenging week / month.

Let's bring things out of character for a minute to see what options are on the table and what people want to accomplish:

1. Pageflap is talking about asking captured Night Blades some questions, and Iman wants to scout the Lonely Tower. This would lead us to other scenes, and reveal information that might influence further planning. Maybe we could do two scenes in parallel as you accomplish these two tasks, each player joining one of the two missions.

2. Kit has suggested using his disguise skills to impersonate Red Beard in a ruse where some characters are in manacles but ready to break out once inside. That plan is still not fleshed out, but it is a good start. What would the details look like? Who would be in cuffs and who would be leading the prisoners? What is each of your roles in that plan?

3. There's room for more ideas too, so consider what else you might do.

Len Inactive for 1 months

Feb 9, 2018 4:52 am
OOC:
I had actually posted this before reading G3rmanicus's reply, which was a really good step in the right direction :) Maybe you didn't need the nudge after all!
Feb 9, 2018 6:06 am
Pageflap gives a nod and a thumbs up, always willing to gather more information. He scarfs down the rest of his food and gives a chirp to his familiar, which responds by running into his sleeve, hidden from sight. "I'm game to continue forth," he repeats.
Feb 9, 2018 2:07 pm
Then let us interview some ruffians! Perhaps if someone were to question Redbeard, I could better study his mannerisms. I believe I have his voice well enough, but I have only seen him in battle and not how he conducts himself otherwise.

Len Inactive for 1 months

Feb 9, 2018 4:27 pm
Sheriff Willowmane takes you* to the jail, where the two surviving Night Blades are chained to a wall behind bars, singed and spattered in dried blood. Neither look happy to see you.

Red Beard stares you straight in the eye through his blackened face.

"The Night Lord is going to fuck you up six ways from Sunday if you don't know a few things. Not gonna waste time with bartering. I want freedom for me and Skeetz here, and I want the Night Lord's golden mask. You give me those things and I'll give you the edge you need to take him out. Then we'll leave your valley forever after that. What do you say?"

* Whoever wants to go can go. If you'd like to start a different scene, like scouting the Lonely Tower, feel free :)
Feb 9, 2018 7:41 pm
He's a salty one, he is, Kit mutters under his breath, taking careful note of the mannerisms, dress, and faces of both bandits.
Feb 11, 2018 8:15 am
Ah, pretty straight to the point. Whether we like it or not we're in the thick of it now. Let's see what you got, and once we're done I'll personally speak with the Sheriff to make sure your fate is no longer one of bars and chains. For ones like us a life of captivity is no life at all.
Barendd hoped that the bandits would pick up that he and they are both from similar stock as far as the law is concerned, though he's also sure to not say something that promises on something he can't deliver upon.
As far as the mask is concerned, all of our party is too handsome to have need for such an accessory. I don't see it as something we need to hold onto.
Barendd again is careful to intimate that the bandits will get what they want without specifically saying it. Among criminals promises are laws that are respected, honor among thieves and all that. He's not sure these particular bandits we're savvy enough to pick up on his subtleties, but he was sure that they'd know the words he spoke were true, as they came from.one criminal to another.

Len Inactive for 1 months

Feb 11, 2018 4:59 pm
OOC:
Thanks Starrbeardo. Give me a persuasion or deception check, your choice based on how you think Barendd is playing this.
Feb 11, 2018 6:02 pm
Pageflap pays attention to both bandits, waiting for their attention to be fully focused on Barennd. Squirming in place as subtly as he can, he has the weasel exit his clothing through his leg once both their gazes are on him and then run and hide behind some furniture.
Last edited February 11, 2018 6:03 pm

Len Inactive for 1 months

Feb 11, 2018 6:16 pm
OOC:
Roll a stealth check for your weasel :) That's fun to say!you can have advantage as someone is distracting.
Feb 11, 2018 6:22 pm
The weasel sneaks towards the piece of furniture Pageflap was standing nearest to.

Rolls

Weasel stealth - (1d20+5)

(7) + 5 = 12

With advantage! - (1d20+5)

(12) + 5 = 17

Len Inactive for 1 months

Feb 11, 2018 8:03 pm
The weasel moves like a shadow and goes undetected.
Feb 12, 2018 1:25 am
OOC:
deception all day

Rolls

Deception proficient I think? - (1d20+2)

(7) + 2 = 9

Len Inactive for 1 months

Feb 12, 2018 4:20 am
Red Beard looks at you skeptically.

"Pretty words, Dwarf. I almost feel a heartfelt bond between us."

He pretends to wipe a tear away in hyperbole.

"I like this plan better. Skeetz and me will go together with all of you and kill the Night Lord and the rest of the Night Blades. Helping you will repay for the trouble we caused, and we'll head the fuck out of the valley the minute the Night Lord dies and never come back. On our word. And in exchange for our secret knowledge about the Lonely Tower, we'll take the Night Lord's golden mask with us."

"It's a win-win scenario, except if you're the Night Lord."

"Well? You in?"

Rolls

insight - (1d20)

(13) = 13

Feb 12, 2018 2:37 pm
Oh! says Kit in surprise. Yes, well, that sounds delightful! He moves toward the jail cell door as he says to his companions, This went better than we could have anticipated! He lowers his voice in a conspiritorial tone, though he is still quite audible to everyone. Frankly, I think we could use the help. Turning back to Red Beard he says, Don't worry, I'll have you and Mr. Skeeze, is it? I'll have you and Mr. Skeeze out of there in two shakes.
Feb 12, 2018 5:35 pm
"Now hold it right there, my friend." Torden says evenly, his hand on Kit's arm. "Releasing them isn't our decision to make. We should talk to the sheriff. And that's assuming this is what we want to do. I don't trust that one's word any more than I relish a knife in the back."
Feb 13, 2018 2:50 pm
I have no worry in letting these two loose, between us we can easily restrain them. Iman nods at Barendd, silently agreeing with his methods.
But why so easily swayed on betrayal? I guess that’s the bandit way then huh? Can’t say I blame ya. Tell us what you know about the lonely torch and what we should expect on the way there. Iman Says to Red Beard.

Len Inactive for 1 months

Feb 13, 2018 3:56 pm
"The Night Lord treated us like a dog on a leash. Now I'll be a dog on the end of YOUR leash, but at the end of the day I won't be on a leash anymore. Still a fucking dog though! Haw haw haw! Ain't that right, Skeetz?"

Skeetz mostly is quiet, his head hanging low. You can see him nod his head, but he avoids making eye contact.

"It's not just personal though. I see the way the wind is blowing. You lot are a tough bunch and if anyone can knock him off the top rung it's you. Figure I'll take this a sign the Gods want me to turn a new leaf. We'll take that gold mask, melt it down, and start a fucking pub somewhere thirsty. Now there's a living! You rob people blind all the same, but they pat you on the back for it! Haw haw haw!"
Feb 13, 2018 4:51 pm
Torden lets go Kit's arm. "I'll drink at your pub and raise a toast to your health if you'll keep your word."

Len Inactive for 1 months

Feb 14, 2018 5:51 pm
"My word don't mean much, but my money's where my mouth is and that is a whole lot more trustworthy in my experience. Well, what are we waitin' fer? If we hurry, we might catch the Night Lord still taking his morning shit!"
Feb 14, 2018 7:07 pm
Having been silent for most of the interrogation, Pageflap interrupts with a "Caw!" He holds up his hand in a wait gesture. He walks towards the door, speaking in Barennd's voice, "Well, this plan seems to be coming together. How do we proceed?" He then motions for everyone, including the sheriff, to follow him outside of the room, communicating that they should come to a decision without Red Beard trying to further manipulated the outcome. The rest should be debated between themselves.

And with everyone outside the room, the bandits may let something slip within range of the weasel's ears.
Feb 14, 2018 7:11 pm
Kit looks at Pageflap with a nod and a smile. He's still smiling as everyone moves away from the cells, then with a startled jump, he realizes everyone is leaving and moves to follow.

He's still smiling when he catches up. I say, I could not have imagined this going better! he exclaims. I was expecting a lot of threats and just generally poor behavior on Red Beard's part. Turns out, he's not such a bad chap after all. Sometimes all you have to do is give someone a chance to turn over a new leaf!

Len Inactive for 1 months

Feb 14, 2018 7:26 pm
Sheriff Willowmane opens up the cell and the two walk out. Skeetz has yet to say a word and walks out with his eyes downcast, while Red Beard walks out of the cell with gusto.

"Hey, nothing personal yesterday, you know, about trying to kill you all. Funny how things work out though, ain't it? So, uh, we'll gear up and get going, yeah? You got our blades still?"
Feb 14, 2018 7:31 pm
"You're not getting them back. We're not arming you. Nothing personal."
Last edited February 14, 2018 7:32 pm

Len Inactive for 1 months

Feb 14, 2018 8:53 pm
"Brrr, is it just me or is it frosty out here! Haw haw haw! You know what, why don't we let you talk things out a bit more, suss out where you're all coming from. Get everyone on board with the plan."

With that, Red Beard and Skeetz walk back into the constabulary and shut the door, Willowmane accompanying them.
OOC:
You can assume that you are free to talk in private now
Feb 14, 2018 9:57 pm
So it seems like we have an idea of how to approach the night lord, but what should we expect guys? Maybe there is a way to sneak inside and take them head on on a smaller scale? I imagine this place will be heavily guarded, so we may be heavily outnumbered.
Feb 14, 2018 11:48 pm
"We'll take that gold mask," is said in Red Beard's voice. They really seem to want that mask, Pageflap points out. There may be more to it than simple gold, for all they know.

Mid sentence, he telepathically signals the weasel to signal him if anything notable happens with the sheriff and the bandits.
Last edited February 14, 2018 11:48 pm
Feb 15, 2018 1:19 am
Pageflap points at the room the bandits are in then makes weasel noises, telling them all he left his familiar in there. After that, he's pointing at his eyes and ears. He taps his head to tell everyone that he can see and hear through the weasel with magic.

He pokes his head into the other room and gives another "Caw!" to Sheriff Willowmane, asking her to come in the room with everyone. Ducking back into the room, he goes and sits in a chair, entering a trance and dulling his senses as he begins to see through a weasel's point of view.

Len Inactive for 1 months

Feb 15, 2018 4:48 am
Len sent a note to Jacketch
Feb 15, 2018 6:38 am
That's what I was thinking about the mask. If their intentions are to run a pub there's a fine one here in town they could have at. Helping dispatch the night Lord would undoubtedly build enough good will in town for them to do so comfortably. If that's not to their liking I can allow them to unshutter the chugging chasm. Provided their true to their word in assisting us they could be a perfect fit. A couple of "redeemed" criminals to take over for another "redeemed" criminal. It provides the perfect Haman of propriety for the normal townsfolk and discretion for those more in the waters side of the law who are looking to safely last their head. The chugging chasm had a bit of a reputation as a safe Haven for those wanting to catch their breath when running from their troubles, provided that they didn't cause trouble with the establishment. While neither of these two are as imposing as I was behind my bar, together, and with my endorsement, I feel like this would be quite an adequate arrangement for all involved.

And if they turn down the offer, of either pub in favor of the mask, we know there's more to it than simple gold, and they may have to meet whatever fate is found at the end of our good will.
Feb 15, 2018 6:11 pm
"Agreed. Though I have a feeling I already know how this is going to shake out, and I'm sure so do you."
Feb 15, 2018 6:22 pm
In a perfect imitation of Red Beard's voice, Kit says, Haw, haw! Too fucking right! We'll shake that sonuvabitch right out of his lonely tower! Him and his fucking golden mask! Then you'll never see our shadows again!

Kit pauses for a moment, confused, and in his own voice says, Now remind me, my dears, what's this about a golden mask?

The voice change is bad enough, but it's disconcerting to see the thin actor's body shift as he takes on the mannerisms and body language of the bandit, then shift right back to the mannerisms of the haughty actor.
Feb 16, 2018 5:20 am
Pageflap wakes from his trance and turns to the party, opening his beak and speaking in Skeetz's voice, "You really think they can take Gardren? And let us go when it's all done?"

He pauses for a bit, turning to look at Sheriff Willowmane as he says the name.

Getting back to his voices, Pageflap then makes the noise of a loud snort, before continuing with his own imitation of Red Beard's voice, "Are you kidding? These numbnuts are bona fide 'heroes.' You heard the singing and shit last night. You know they got the firepower - you saw it yourself. And they're stupid enough to keep their word at the end of the day. If all goes well, we walk free. We'll take that mask and start up our own operation, claim we - and of course, I mean I - are the Night Lord. We'll be the ones in charge!"

He resumes speaking as Skeetz, this time with some desperation thrown in, "And what if they fuck it up? Gardren's no fool. If he wins and we're caught betraying him? That's a lot worse than Willowmane hanging us!"

He concludes the conversation as Red Beard, "Aye, we'll be right fucked then. Guess we better make sure these ripe cunts make their best go of it. I'm taking a fucking knife though, whatever they say. I'm not going up against The Fucking Night Lord without a blade in my hand."
Last edited February 16, 2018 5:21 am

Len Inactive for 1 months

Feb 16, 2018 6:17 am
McDunno says:
Kit pauses for a moment, confused, and in his own voice says, Now remind me, my dears, what's this about a golden mask?
Sheriff Willowmane answers Kit's question. "Back in the day Ralavaz used to wear a golden mask. Some folk have reported a golden-masked figure in recent times as well. I guess they were right."
Feb 16, 2018 4:12 pm
Torden nods at Pageflap's mimicry of the bandits' private conversation. "Yep, I expected no less. How d'you fellas wanna play this?"

Len Inactive for 1 months

Feb 16, 2018 4:18 pm
OOC:
I feel terrible that Barendd had such a friendly, heartwarming attitude to this guy - I mean, giving him his old tavern? So awesome! - and it turns out it is just the opposite. But there might be a moment for this to happen again for Barendd. Totally support that direction for your character Starrbeardo :)
Feb 16, 2018 6:07 pm
I figured as much... Taking out the Nightlord will just birth another. I say we let the plan follow through, but lets not give up the mask. I don't really care much about the value of it, but the mask brings fear to this town. The mask belongs to the Sheriff.
Last edited February 16, 2018 6:08 pm
Feb 16, 2018 6:16 pm
OOC:
Lol, thems the breaks
It's a lifestyle that continually tried to draw everyone back in. But fuck those guys. Let him keep his knife so he feels in control, and the first chance we get we can throw them to the wolves. Sans mask.
Feb 16, 2018 7:04 pm
Kit's shoulders sag in a decidedly dejected manner. But my performance! he laments.
Feb 20, 2018 7:43 am
Pageflap pats the distraught Kit on the back, then turns back to Willowmane. "Gardren," he repeats. He's a bit surprised since he expected the Night Lord to be named Ralavaz.

Len Inactive for 1 months

Feb 20, 2018 8:48 am
"That is mighty peculiar. Gardren was Ralavaz's younger brother and partner in crime, but he died in the fire all those years ago. Or so we thought."
Feb 20, 2018 2:13 pm
Do we merely attack, or do we approach as prisoners of Red Beard? Kit trails off in a grumble, As played by Red Beard rather than a true thespian.
Feb 22, 2018 5:28 am
well we have two people who are well acquainted with the tower. What do you two think would be our best approach?
Feb 22, 2018 5:53 am
Pageflap speaks up, remembering what they were told earlier that day and repeats what they were told about the bats eating the elk and the news about the bandits pissing in their own boots. He points to the next room as he walks towards it, the Night Blades should be able to tell everyone if there is a connection.
Last edited February 22, 2018 5:53 am
Feb 22, 2018 2:25 pm
Indeed! A scouting mission! Maps! Grand schemes! Adventure! Let us hear what this so-called Nightlord holds in store for us!
Feb 22, 2018 2:34 pm
Barendd, my dear, you know how to speak to these types. Perhaps you could get details from them. I can stand behind you and look scary!
Feb 22, 2018 3:17 pm
I could try, other than the bats is there anything else we should ask about before we formulate or plan?

Len Inactive for 1 months

Feb 22, 2018 6:09 pm
Having reached the end of his very short attention span, Red Beard opens the door.

"Alright, everyone good to go? Just think, by lunch the Night Blades will be no more. Feels good, being the right side of the law for a change, hey Skeetz?"

Skeetz just keeps his head down and Red Beard doesn't even notice what his reply is.

"Alright, so if you could kindly hand us our swords, we can head out and show you the way! All the nasty little secrets the Night Lord doesn't want you to know, ya know?"
Feb 22, 2018 6:54 pm
How delightful! exclaims Kit. He starts looking around for their swords. Now let's get you armed and be on our way! This will be so much easier with your help. Then we can get on with the more important business below ground.

McDunno sent a note to lenpelletier

Len Inactive for 1 months

Feb 22, 2018 10:36 pm
The two ex-Night Blades gladly take their scabbarded short swords from Kit, who pulls them off the Sheriff's weapons rack. They begin belting them to their waists.

"Your faith in me is truly touching, gents." Red Beard says, feigning a tear.

Len sent a note to McDunno

Len Inactive for 1 months

Feb 22, 2018 10:42 pm
"Shall we get going then? My first secret to share will be a bluff that is in the Tower's blindspot. We can use to approach the Lonely Tower. Once we're on the bluff, I'll point out some peculiarities of the defenses of the structure."

They are both still buckling their sword belts Red Beard shares the plan.
Feb 23, 2018 5:52 am
Figuring they're not likely to betray them before they get a chance to fight the Night Lord, if what he heard from them was right, Pageflap shrugs and gives a nod. He should be able to trust them that much at least.
Feb 23, 2018 8:00 am
I'm just going to put it all out there, who's under the golden mask?
Feb 23, 2018 9:56 am
Torden doesn't like any of this one bit but he stays loose, silently puffing on his pipe, his hand on Sormbreaker's handle. If either of these fools try anything he will literally bring the hammer down.

Len Inactive for 1 months

Feb 23, 2018 3:05 pm
Red Beard blows some snot out of his nose before turning to Barendd and answering his question.

"The ugliest sonovabitch you ever met. Name's Gardren. Face is all burned behind that golden mask. Apparently these 'poor, helpless villagers' did it to him a long time back, so you can imagine why he's pissed."
Feb 24, 2018 8:17 pm
Well, since everything is pointing to us fighting him, do you have anything that will help us? Does he use magic, does he have a preferred combat style, anything like that?

Len Inactive for 1 months

Feb 24, 2018 9:50 pm
"He's a fierce fighter that one, no denying it. Could probably take any one of us in a duel, but that's why we're doing it the smart way.
He fights with a scimitar and dagger, and he's got a whole brace of daggers to hurl at you if he likes. Oh and he's got a fucken pet! Big ugly bat thing. Blood sucking little monster. Can't wait to wring its neck."

Len Inactive for 1 months

Feb 26, 2018 7:15 pm
The journey is a long slog through the rain as you head out into the hills surrounding Whitesparrow. You do a loop around and behind the Lonely Tower, and come up a ridge that gives you a pretty good view of the Tower, about a mile away from the tower itself. Upon the rise is a big, old stone cairn that gives you excellent cover to observe the tower from.

The Lonely Tower sits upon a steep, rocky hill that overlooks the whole valley. The circular tower is roughly 30-40 ft in diameter and is a certified ruin. The first floor is intact, but whatever laid above that has crumbled into antiquity. Arrow slits aim in all directions from the intact floor, and a heavy, iron-banded door faces west toward the town. A large gargoyle is perched above the door.

"There it is, heroes. Your castle to storm! Ain't look like much, innit? Most of it is bellow ground, 'cept the entrance there. Good luck breaking that door down; it would take all day. Probably two on guard watching the path from behind the arrow slits. Oh and don't mind the Gargoyle; he's is a talkative fucker but can't move or anything so just ignore 'em."

The steep grounds surrounding the tower are covered in a mess of tangled vines. A path leads from the forest at the base of the hill through the vines, but is mostly overgrown.

"That leafy shit on the hill is our secret defense! They call it 'tangleweed' and it is poisonous as fuck. If you walk through it, even along the path, it'll jump out and sting ya! But, we figured out if you piss on yer boots, the fuckers will ignore you completely. Hope you lads had yer fill water on the way up! Not a good time for yer wee warriors to be shy, if you know what I mean."

Most concerning, a large mass of vines the size of a small house is shambling around near the path.

"We call that thing 'Strangleberries.' I don't know what the fuck it is, but it leaves us alone and we leave it alone. Fucking disgusting. I saw it eat a recruit that freaked out and ran away from it once. But, same deal as the tangleweed - you're invisible to it if you piss on yer boots."
[ +- ] Image of the strange mass

"See? Old Red Beard is coming through for ya, am I not? And you had your doubts! Imagine trying to storm that thing without knowing all that, eh?"
OOC:
I just realized the image shows the strange mass holding a wand, but there is no wand on Strangleberries.
Feb 26, 2018 8:00 pm
Kit looks down at his boots and blanches. How dreadful!
Feb 26, 2018 8:06 pm
"I'll piss on 'em for ya if you like." Torden offers gleefully.
Feb 27, 2018 3:29 am
Pageflap looks down to his feet, realizing that his own Kenku biology may be problematic at the moment. Did it have to be boots?

He then tears off two strips of cloth from his robe and wraps them around his walking talons, patting himself on the back for being such a clever Kenku.
Feb 27, 2018 5:20 am
Ah, how very inventive Pageflap.
Barendd says as he removes his boots to piss on them.
Well ol' Red Beard lead the way as your friend can stay at the back to make sure we don't show too much of ourselves.

Len Inactive for 1 months

Feb 27, 2018 6:40 am
Red Beard brings you back down the ridge and through the forest, where you find the path that leads to the Lonely Tower. In an hour's time, you are at the base of the Tower's hill. The rain has let up significantly now.

"Well, here we are. Hey, you want us to just wait here, or ... ?" says Red Beard.
Feb 27, 2018 12:56 pm
McDunno sent a note to lenpelletier
Feb 27, 2018 2:05 pm
"I'm not letting you two out of my sight." Torden says levelly to Red Beard. "To keep you safe, of course."

Len Inactive for 1 months

Feb 27, 2018 4:14 pm
Red Beard and Skeetz proceed to piss on their boots as well.

"Alright then, what's the plan? You wanna go knock on the door or what?"
Feb 27, 2018 10:28 pm
Kit looks horrified at everyone pissing on their boots. Oh dear. He heads around a corner to do the same. But discreetly.

Len Inactive for 1 months

Mar 1, 2018 3:31 am
Red Beard waits impatiently.

"Don't tell me you boys went and lost yer nerve!"
Mar 1, 2018 3:43 am
Pageflap reached into his sleeve and takes out his familiar. Holding it like one would hold a bottle, he lets it relieve itself on the bandages wrapped around his talons.

After setting the weasel back on his head, he casts Mage Armor on himself just in case, wrapping himself in an Arcane Ward as he does so. Tiptoeing to the tangleweed, he takes a step and braves himself in case anything happens.
Last edited March 1, 2018 3:43 am
Mar 1, 2018 3:44 am
lenpelletier says:
Red Beard waits impatiently.

"Don't tell me you boys went and lost yer nerve!"
Of course not, my dear! The show must go on!

Len Inactive for 1 months

Mar 1, 2018 4:47 am
OOC:
The casting of mage armor also triggers Leachclaw. Barendd now has 4 temp HP

Rolls

Leachclaw temp hp - (1d4)

(4) = 4

Len Inactive for 1 months

Mar 1, 2018 4:52 am
Pageflap notices the tangleweed seems to recoil from his urine-soaked bandages, leaving him unscathed. Ahead, up the steep path, you see the creature known as Strangleberries sitting near the path. Further up, the ruined tower overlooks the hill and the valley beyond.
Mar 1, 2018 5:14 am
Now that we're here should we go in the front door, or is there a better way? Also, is Goldmask going to have others with him once we confront him, if so is their loyalty to him specifically, or is it more related to them not wanting to be murdered by him?

Len Inactive for 1 months

Mar 2, 2018 3:11 am
"Well, I've only ever gone in through the front door, you see. But then I didn't have to worry about them sticking me full of arrows. I wouldn't go in from the roof though, the Night Lord warned us about that plenty of times. Never go up on the roof, if we liked our livers intact, he always said. So I didn't. Seemed really serious about it."
Mar 4, 2018 8:20 pm
So what's the alternative? Do we have another way in? Do we pose as prisoners?

Len Inactive for 1 months

Mar 5, 2018 3:53 pm
Red Beard blinks expectantly and looks around the group. Skeetz sits down on a rock, his back to the party.
OOC:
Waiting on you guys to make a plan. If we need to retcon getting anything from from town that you may need, no problem.
Mar 6, 2018 8:36 pm
"Pose as prisoners," Pageflap says, fitting one of the unlocked manacles around his wrists. Even if they don't fall for it, the plot may make them get close enough to the enemy to launch a surprise attack. He detached the arcane focus from his staff and hides it within his sleeve, placing his dagger in the other sleeve.
Mar 7, 2018 7:09 am
what are the chances they've already seen is Red Beard? Do they keep an eye on the outside of their fortress or do they feel second enough that they're probably not paying much attention to the front door?

Len Inactive for 1 months

Mar 7, 2018 7:33 am
"Discipline is not the strong suit of bandits, I'm afraid. There's a chance they're watching, but there's a better chance they're busier with their dice."

Strangleberries heaves in the distance and lumbers away from the path a few dozen yards, chasing after a bird. The rain is coming almost to a close, the sun starting to peek from behind the clouds.
Mar 7, 2018 11:41 am
"Prisoners it is." Torden says, following Pageflap's lead and fixing a pair of unlocked manacles to his wrists. "There'll be no hiding Stormbreaker, I'm afraid - too big." he adds, frowning down at his now piss-stained boots.
Last edited March 7, 2018 11:41 am
Mar 7, 2018 2:10 pm
Yes, Kit nods at Torden's observation as he loosely puts the manacles on his wrists. What to do with your weapons poses a problem.
Mar 7, 2018 9:12 pm
Well, let's do the thing. With his new cloak of protection Barennd figured his weapons were hidden enough so he loosely slips the manacles over his hands to his wrists.

Len Inactive for 1 months

Mar 8, 2018 6:37 am
You fix the unlocked manacles on your wrists. You look over each other, and don't look particularly the part. Torden's hammer and Iman's pole arm are the most glaring tells that you are not prisoners, but there's always the hope that the guards are idiots.

"So you want me to do the talking?" asks Read Beard.

Len Inactive for 1 months

Mar 9, 2018 10:51 pm
Red Beard waits around for a time, but with no responses coming from you, he shrugs his shoulders.

"My red beard will turn white if I have to wait for the lot of you to do the talking. I'll take your silence for agreement."

You all do your best to parade up the hill like down-trodden victims, with Red Beard in the lead and Skeetz bringing up the rear. You walk past Strangleberries and the tangleweed unmolested, but notice the distinct smell of rotting flesh wafting off of the huge, monstrous plant-thing.

Much to your relief, your trip up the path is not interrupted by arrow fire. You head up to the door, upon which a great big gargoyle hangs above. It's face animates into a hopeful expression, but Red Beard immediately dismisses the creature.

"Shut yer trap, ya daft bird." He waves it away and the stone creature recedes.

Then he raises his hand and slams on the door three times. A metal grate in the stone slides open, revealing a Night Blade, presumably.

G: "Ooh, Red Beard! We were just talking about you. Word is that you got yourself killed by sorcerers down in Whitesparrow."

RB: "Sorcerers? Killed? Ha! Listen Grubber, these ain't no sorcerers and I ain't dead. Had some trouble getting them back here though, we lost Bitchy and ... uh ... forgot the other one's name. The ugly one."

G: "That a fact?"

RB: "Yes it is in-fucking-deed. Well, I imagine The Night Lord will want to ask these assholes a few questions. Open the door."

G: "I thought you were supposed to kill 'em. These are the ones that stopped the raid on that mining supply wagon, right?"

RB: "But we don't know who sent them yet, do we? Right? See where I'm going with this? You always gotta be thinking big picture, Grubber. Big picture. Now let me in."

In the background, you hear Skeetz muttering: "His fucking name was Clubs. His fucking name was Clubs and these fuckers killed him."

You hear the man named Grubber fussing with a large metal bar, and after that the door swings wide open, and the Night Blades herd you inside.

Large oaken beams have collapsed from where they once supported the vaulted ceiling of this hall. One has smashed through the floor, revealing basement passages below. A large headless statue of a warrior, its greatsword clasped hilt-up in its hands, stands at the far side of the hall. A stone staircase leads up to the higher floors of the tower. Waiting within are 4 Night Blades in full regalia, one of which is Grubber. They appear to have been playing dice at a small folding table.

"Hey, those ones still have their weapons!" Grubber calls out.

""It's a fucking trap! Kill 'em! Kill 'em! Kill 'em" Skeetz starts screaming and the Night Blades draw steel.

Len Inactive for 1 months

Mar 9, 2018 10:54 pm
ROUND ONE

Initiative Order:
1. Barendd, Pageflap, Kit
2. Skeetz, Red Beard, and the 4 Night Blades
3. Iman, Torden

Interesting Features:
1. Headless statue
2. Hole in the floor
3. Stairway to the upper floor

Battle Map.

Rolls

Initiative (Barendd, Iman, Kit, Pageflap, Torden) - (1d20+2, 1d20+2, 1d20+3, 1d20+3, 1d20+1)

1d20+2 : (20) + 2 = 22

1d20+2 : (9) + 2 = 11

1d20+3 : (14) + 3 = 17

1d20+3 : (18) + 3 = 21

1d20+1 : (11) + 1 = 12

Mar 10, 2018 2:11 am
So much for the element of surprise.

Kit steps forward, his entire demeanor changing. Physically, he looks exactly the same while simultaneously becoming taller and darker, as if the light around him has dimmed and taken on an air of menace.

Sealed with a curse as sharp as a knife. Doomed is your soul and damned is your life.
OOC:
Trying to get as many of the enemy in the cube without getting any of the party.
[ +- ] Fey Presence-Frightened DC 13
McDunno sent a note to lenpelletier
Last edited March 10, 2018 2:13 am

Len Inactive for 1 months

Mar 10, 2018 6:30 pm
Two of the Night Blades (N1, N2) turn white as they gaze upon the terrifying visage of Kit Marlowe.
[ +- ] Frightened

Rolls

Wis saving throws (DC 13) - (1d20, 1d20, 1d20, 1d20)

1d20 : (9) = 9

1d20 : (11) = 11

1d20 : (13) = 13

1d20 : (19) = 19

Len Inactive for 1 months

Mar 10, 2018 6:33 pm
Barendd and Pageflap are up, Posting a reference to the battle map here.

Len Inactive for 1 months

Mar 10, 2018 6:46 pm
Len sent a note to McDunno
Mar 10, 2018 7:01 pm
Taking advantage of whatever element of surprise they have left, Pageflap focuses on the other hidden in his sleeve and tosses an ice knife between Iman and Barennd, aiming to strike the guard (G).

Rolls

Ice knife Attack - (1d20+5)

(10) + 5 = 15

Cold explosion - (2d6)

(23) = 5

If hit (piercing) - (1d10)

(10) = 10

Mar 10, 2018 8:05 pm
Well fuck
Having made sure the manacles were loose enough to slip on and off he flings them down so that he can immediately draw Leachclaw and his trusty handaxe. Attacking SK first with Leachclaw and then the handaxe.

***Edit critfail on handaxe***
Somehow in throwing off his shackles the chain wrapped itself around the handle of the axe throwing off Barendd's balance. As he swings the axe flies out of his hand. It doesn't spin as it normally would with a throw it more glides like a dart since the chain is now counterbalancing it. It looks.cool as hell but the axe head damages nothing as it makes contact with the stone wall and then bounces harmlessly away.
OOC:
I hope this works for flavor, if any additional negatives occur just let me know.
Last edited March 10, 2018 8:11 pm

Rolls

Attack with Leachclaw - (1d20+5)

(13) + 5 = 18

Attack with handaxe - (1d20+5)

(1) + 5 = 6

Damage Leachclaw - (1d8+3)

(3) + 3 = 6

damage with handaxe - (1d6+3)

(3) + 3 = 6

Len Inactive for 1 months

Mar 11, 2018 3:51 am
OOC:
Saving throws...
Grubber takes the full impact of the shard in his chest, sending him lurching. (20 damage to G) Skeetz dodges out of the way, having seen this particular trick before, but their brother-in-arms does not fare so well. (5 damage to N3)

Rolls

N3, G, SK - (1d20, 1d20, 1d20)

1d20 : (6) = 6

1d20 : (8) = 8

1d20 : (19) = 19

Len Inactive for 1 months

Mar 11, 2018 3:59 am
You feel Leachclaw guiding your hand to Skeetz's arm, (6 damage to SK). The other hand axe ends up in the southeast corner of the tower.

Len Inactive for 1 months

Mar 11, 2018 3:59 am
NIGHT BLADES

The two Night Blades terrified of Kit's fey magic (Ostravia and Dunk) unstrap their heavy crossbows and retreat as Grubber runs full out at Red Beard screaming "Fucking traitor!". They let loose their volley as Grubber runs into him with his short sword. Red Beard is caught completely flat footed, and ends up with multiple pieces of metal puncturing his hide (Red Beard takes 31 damage - down to 1 HP!)
OOC:
Oops, forgot not advantage because fear cancels pack tactics. The bolts still hit regardless.
Skeetz fakes a run at Red Beard, but then comes back around on the Barbarian with the final Lonely Tower guardian (Nymera). Iman struggles with his manacles and takes grievous wounds. (Iman takes 26 damage, knocking him unconscious).
OOC:
Ouch, four crits!
Red Beard spits blood and tries to steady his defenses (dodge action)

Rolls

N1 firing at RB - (1d20+2, 1d20+2, 1d10)

1d20+2 : (18) + 2 = 20

1d20+2 : (3) + 2 = 5

1d10 : (7) = 7

N2 firing at RB - (1d20+2, 1d20+2, 1d10)

1d20+2 : (16) + 2 = 18

1d20+2 : (13) + 2 = 15

1d10 : (10) = 10

G attacks twice on RB - (1d20+4, 1d20+4, 1d20+4, 1d20+4, 1d6+2, 1d6+2)

1d20+4 : (12) + 4 = 16

1d20+4 : (3) + 4 = 7

1d20+4 : (15) + 4 = 19

1d20+4 : (20) + 4 = 24

1d6+2 : (6) + 2 = 8

1d6+2 : (2) + 2 = 4

SK attacks twice on Iman - (1d20+4, 1d20+4, 1d20+4, 1d20+4, 1d6+2, 1d6+2)

1d20+4 : (20) + 4 = 24

1d20+4 : (13) + 4 = 17

1d20+4 : (2) + 4 = 6

1d20+4 : (20) + 4 = 24

1d6+2 : (4) + 2 = 6

1d6+2 : (3) + 2 = 5

N3 attacks twice on Iman - (1d20+4, 1d20+4, 1d20+4, 1d20+4, 1d6+2, 1d6+2)

1d20+4 : (6) + 4 = 10

1d20+4 : (3) + 4 = 7

1d20+4 : (10) + 4 = 14

1d20+4 : (16) + 4 = 20

1d6+2 : (3) + 2 = 5

1d6+2 : (3) + 2 = 5

Crit 1 & 2 - (1d6, 1d6)

1d6 : (2) = 2

1d6 : (5) = 5

Crit 3 - (1d6)

(5) = 5

Len Inactive for 1 months

Mar 11, 2018 6:38 am
OOC:
Torden is next, then the rest of the party again as we do round 2.

Since G3rmanicus has been inactive for 15 days I assume he is not coming back. If by some miracle G3rmanicus appears before Monday I'll let him roll death saving throws, otherwise Iman will conveniently die.
Mar 11, 2018 3:43 pm
The ruse worked as well as could be hoped. At least they're inside the tower without having to deal with the plant-thing outside! Dropping the manacles, Torden loops around the back of the group, drawing Stormbreaker as he moves. He mutters a word of power and unleashes thunderous shockwave at the Nightblades' flank.
OOC:
• Move to M16
• Thunderwave (K17-M19)
• Channel Divinity: Destructive Wrath (max damage)

Len Inactive for 1 months

Mar 12, 2018 4:27 am
Skeetz shouts a warning about the dwarf, and the three manage to brace for the wave of thunder that rolls over them. (8 thunder damage each).

Rolls

Con Saving Throws (G, SK, N3) - (1d20+2, 1d20+2, 1d20+2)

1d20+2 : (13) + 2 = 15

1d20+2 : (16) + 2 = 18

1d20+2 : (12) + 2 = 14

Len Inactive for 1 months

Mar 12, 2018 4:31 am
ROUND TWO

Initiative Order:
1. Barendd, Pageflap, Kit
2. Skeetz, Red Beard, and the 4 Night Blades
3. Torden

Interesting Features:
1. Headless statue
2. Hole in the floor
3. Stairway to the upper floor

Battle Map.
Mar 12, 2018 1:37 pm
Kit moves a square north to take a peek down the hole, hurling an Eldritch Blast at Grubber as he does. I say, you're not taking this very well!
OOC:
I don't think I've rolled above a 10 in at least three or four days, in any of the games I'm playing. And that single point of damage? Worth it. I'd have been better off distracting the guy to give advantage to someone who can hit him!
Last edited March 12, 2018 1:39 pm

Rolls

Eldritch Blast - (1d20+5, 1d10)

1d20+5 : (9) + 5 = 14

1d10 : (1) = 1

Mar 12, 2018 10:00 pm
Setting his sights on Grubber, Pageflap launches a fire bit at him, intent on finishing with fire what he started with ice. He stays in place, going Iman's downed body makes it a bit more difficult for N3 to reach him. The thought of how fierce the attack on the Barbarian was unnerves him a little.

Rolls

Fire bolt attempt - (1d20+5)

(9) + 5 = 14

If hit (burning) - (1d10)

(2) = 2

Mar 13, 2018 1:33 pm
OOC:
The spellcasters are really bringing their firepower to the fight this time!
Mar 13, 2018 5:51 pm
Skeetz you know this game as well as I. The second you and your friends came to attack us was the second you decided your lives weren't worth more than whatever it is you're being paid. You were lucky enough to not lose your own life the first time. This betrayal will not end as luckily.
As he's speaking Barendd slashes out with Leachclaw at Skeets, while also drawing and the slashing with his scimitar.
OOC:
Yikes, what was the consequence of a critfail with Leachclaw?
Last edited March 13, 2018 5:52 pm

Rolls

Attack with Leachclaw - (1d20+5)

(1) + 5 = 6

Attack with Scimitar - (1d10+5)

(5) + 5 = 10

Damage Leachclaw - (1d8+3)

(7) + 3 = 10

damage scimitar - (1d6+3)

(6) + 3 = 9

Mar 13, 2018 6:33 pm
Starrbeardo says:
OOC:
Yikes, what was the consequence of a critfail with Leachclaw?
OOC:
Combined with the missed scimitar and the minimal damage from the spellcasters, I think it means we're about to be handed our asses.

Len Inactive for 1 months

Mar 14, 2018 4:00 am
Pageflap and Kit manage to singe their target, but he's still on his feet. Meanwhile, Skeetz parries each of Barendd's blows so ferociously that he slices through Leachclaw's binding. The claw falls to the ground and shatters.
Starrbeardo says:
Yikes, what was the consequence of a critfail with Leachclaw?
OOC:
We had said that because the weapon was makeshift rather than properly forged that a critical fumble would destroy the weapon. You got some good use out of it, and hey, um, you got your crowbar back now?

Len Inactive for 1 months

Mar 14, 2018 4:49 am
NIGHT BLADES

"Gah!" Grubber cries out as he is pelted with multiple spells. His crossbow-wielding allies, who have come around from their initial terrified reaction to Kit, charge in to hold the line. They drop their bows and draw blades as they close. The first splits Red Beard's skull open, then joins his brother to gang up on Torden (16 damage total).

Skeetz and his partner turn to Barendd as Iman falls, dead. But, Barendd demonstrates his combat prowess and rebuffs them with but a small nick. (3 damage)

G: Disengage action, move behind the table (1/2 cover), draw heavy crossbow.
N1: Move in, drop bow & draw sword, attack Red Beard then Torden
N2: Move in, drop bow & draw sword, attack Torden twice.
Skeetz: Attack Barendd twice
N3: Attack Barendd twice

Pageflap - don't forget you can use your familiar to give you advantage on attacks if you send it out to distract (does not use up any kind of action)

Rolls

N1 attacks Red Beard (adv/disadv cancels) - (1d20+4, 1d6+2)

1d20+4 : (16) + 4 = 20

1d6+2 : (4) + 2 = 6

N1 attacks Torden - (1d20+4, 1d20+4, 1d6+2)

1d20+4 : (16) + 4 = 20

1d20+4 : (12) + 4 = 16

1d6+2 : (5) + 2 = 7

N2 attacks Torden once - (1d20+4, 1d20+4, 1d6+2)

1d20+4 : (11) + 4 = 15

1d20+4 : (3) + 4 = 7

1d6+2 : (4) + 2 = 6

N2 attacks Torden twice - (1d20+4, 1d20+4, 1d6+2)

1d20+4 : (13) + 4 = 17

1d20+4 : (17) + 4 = 21

1d6+2 : (1) + 2 = 3

Skeetz attacks Barendd once - (1d20+4, 1d20+4, 1d6+2)

1d20+4 : (14) + 4 = 18

1d20+4 : (2) + 4 = 6

1d6+2 : (1) + 2 = 3

Skeetz attacks Barendd twice - (1d20+4, 1d20+4, 1d6+2)

1d20+4 : (2) + 4 = 6

1d20+4 : (8) + 4 = 12

1d6+2 : (2) + 2 = 4

N3 attacks Barendd once - (1d20+4, 1d20+4, 1d6+2)

1d20+4 : (9) + 4 = 13

1d20+4 : (3) + 4 = 7

1d6+2 : (2) + 2 = 4

N3 attacks Barendd twice - (1d20+4, 1d20+4, 1d6+2)

1d20+4 : (7) + 4 = 11

1d20+4 : (4) + 4 = 8

1d6+2 : (6) + 2 = 8

Len Inactive for 1 months

Mar 14, 2018 5:08 am
OOC:
Torden is up, then the rest of the team.
Mar 14, 2018 11:44 am
OOC:
Quote:
N1 attacks Torden
N2 attacks Torden twice
• Reaction: Wrath of the Storm. Torden's attackers take N1 takes 2d8 lighting damage (DEX save DC 14 for half).
• Action: Cure Wounds (self)

• HP: 9/19
• AC: 15
• Wrath of the Storm: 1/4 3/4
• Channel divinity: 0/1
• Spell slots: 1st: 1/3
• Conditions: none
Last edited March 14, 2018 7:07 pm

Rolls

Wrath of the Storm - (2d8, 2d8, 2d8)

2d8 : (86) = 14

2d8 : (86) = 14

2d8 : (63) = 9

Cure Wounds - (1d8+4)

(2) + 4 = 6

Mar 14, 2018 2:14 pm
OOC:
Kit's action depends on whether N2 is still standing. He can't use a ranged spell with N2 standing next to him.

Len Inactive for 1 months

Mar 14, 2018 5:40 pm
The Night Blade feels a shock run up their spine as they make contact with you and their sword. (N1 takes 7 damage)
OOC:
@Jabes: Unfortunately Wrath of the Storm does not affect everyone who attacks you in the round, just counterattacks against a single, specific attack. I'll use your first damage roll and target N1, but feel free to do it to N2 instead.
[ +- ] Wrath of the Storm

Rolls

Dex save - (1d20)

(15) = 15

Len Inactive for 1 months

Mar 14, 2018 5:44 pm
McDunno says:
OOC:
Kit's action depends on whether N2 is still standing. He can't use a ranged spell with N2 standing next to him.
N2 is at full health, so it is unlikely there is anything that Torden can do with his reaction to bring him down (even if Wrath of the Storm did max damage)
Mar 14, 2018 7:58 pm
lenpelletier says:
N2 is at full health, so it is unlikely there is anything that Torden can do with his reaction to bring him down (even if Wrath of the Storm did max damage)
OOC:
Whaaat? You mean these aren't 1 hp minions?
OOC:
This is not going to go well. Kit is too squishy to be next to an enemy, but if he moves away, he either takes an OA or wastes an entire turn. Either way, Torden is left hanging.
Kit, not wanting to leave Torden facing so many enemies alone, attacks N2 with his dagger.

Rolls

Dagger - (1d20+5, 1d4+3)

1d20+5 : (14) + 5 = 19

1d4+3 : (1) + 3 = 4

Mar 14, 2018 8:01 pm
OOC:
Again with the damage rolls! XD

Len Inactive for 1 months

Mar 14, 2018 9:45 pm
OOC:
It's looking ugly out there ... when I saw those damage rolls I was like:
https://media1.tenor.com/images/e721df974746c9d04ae5137db1432a9e/tenor.gif?itemid=7208624
Mar 15, 2018 12:09 am
Starting to feel offended that Grubber is not dead yet after taking so many spells, Pageflap telepathically tells the weasel to crawl up his pants and cause a distraction. Once he becomes inconvenienced enough to lose some of his cover from the table, he fires off another firebolt at him.

Rolls

Fire bolt attempt - (1d20+5)

(13) + 5 = 18

With advantage! - (1d20+5)

(4) + 5 = 9

If hit (burning) - (1d10)

(3) = 3

Len Inactive for 1 months

Mar 15, 2018 3:50 am
McDunno says:
This is not going to go well. Kit is too squishy to be next to an enemy, but if he moves away, he either takes an OA or wastes an entire turn. Either way, Torden is left hanging.
OOC:
I really should be using your Wild Magic rolls. We could use a random unicorn to show up.

Len Inactive for 1 months

Mar 15, 2018 3:51 am
Pageflap beans Grubber right in the dome, sending him sprawling into the wall. He slumps over, dead.
OOC:
You guys got one! Barendd is next, then the Night Blades. Barendd, you can pick up Iman's Glaive if you wish. You would be +5 to attack with it, and it would do 1d10+3 damage but would require both hands. On a critical hit, this weapon does an additional 14 damage and you may roll a second d20. If the result is again 20, you chop off a limb or other body part of the target.
Mar 16, 2018 3:28 am
OOC:
Well Two handed hasn't worked super well for me.
Barendd has rage welling up inside of him at the loss of first Iman and now his favorite weapon. He drops his scimitar and grabs Iman's glaive.

Oh here we go fuck face.

Barendd then slashes out at Skeetz with his friend's preferred weapon.
OOC:
Bwahahaha these rolls. Can I action surge or would I have to wait for my next turn if I'm able to?
Last edited March 16, 2018 3:29 am

Rolls

Attack with Glaive - (1d20+5)

(2) + 5 = 7

Damage - (1d10+3)

(5) + 3 = 8

Mar 16, 2018 12:57 pm
OOC:
If you have action surge available, you don't have to wait.

Len Inactive for 1 months

Mar 16, 2018 3:41 pm
OOC:
Post it quickly though. Nobody can act until you finish your turn.
Mar 16, 2018 3:43 pm
OOC:
action surge
Barendd treasures another swing at skeetz

Rolls

Attack glaive - (1d20+5)

(9) + 5 = 14

Damage - (1d10+3)

(2) + 3 = 5

Mar 16, 2018 3:45 pm
OOC:
Those damage rolls!
Mar 16, 2018 3:47 pm
OOC:
Sucks to suck

Len Inactive for 1 months

Mar 16, 2018 3:58 pm
OOC:
Ugh! Thanks for posting so quickly though :)
Skeetz takes the butt-end on your backswing and it knocks him off balance, but he quickly recovers and doubles his efforts along with his brother-in-arms.
OOC:
Skeetz and N3 attack Barendd for (18 damage)

Whoops, described it as N2 in the rolls, meant N3
The remaining two Night Blades press their attack against the Thunder Mage, but the second is distract by Kit sticking a knife in his side and retaliates on Kit instead.

(11 damage on Torden, 4 damage on Kit)

Rolls

Skeetz attack 1 vs. Barendd (adv. pack tactics, piercing) - (1d20+4, 1d20+4, 1d6+2)

1d20+4 : (18) + 4 = 22

1d20+4 : (15) + 4 = 19

1d6+2 : (1) + 2 = 3

Skeetz attack 2 vs. Barendd - (1d20+4, 1d20+4, 1d6+2)

1d20+4 : (3) + 4 = 7

1d20+4 : (19) + 4 = 23

1d6+2 : (6) + 2 = 8

N2 attack 1 vs. Barendd (adv. pack tactics, piercing) - (1d20+4, 1d20+4, 1d6+2)

1d20+4 : (7) + 4 = 11

1d20+4 : (13) + 4 = 17

1d6+2 : (5) + 2 = 7

N2 attack 2 vs. Barendd - (1d20+4, 1d20+4, 1d6+2)

1d20+4 : (12) + 4 = 16

1d20+4 : (6) + 4 = 10

1d6+2 : (6) + 2 = 8

N1 attack 1 vs. Torden (Pack tactics, piercing - (1d20+4, 1d20+4, 1d6+2)

1d20+4 : (12) + 4 = 16

1d20+4 : (5) + 4 = 9

1d6+2 : (1) + 2 = 3

N1 attack 2 vs. Torden - (1d20+4, 1d20+4, 1d6+2)

1d20+4 : (19) + 4 = 23

1d20+4 : (16) + 4 = 20

1d6+2 : (6) + 2 = 8

n2 attack 1 vs. Kit - (1d20+4, 1d6+2)

1d20+4 : (18) + 4 = 22

1d6+2 : (2) + 2 = 4

Mar 16, 2018 5:58 pm
Ow! Kit stabs back!
Using Tides of Chaos to attack with advantage.
[ +- ] Tides of Chaos
lenpelletier says:
McDunno says:
This is not going to go well. Kit is too squishy to be next to an enemy, but if he moves away, he either takes an OA or wastes an entire turn. Either way, Torden is left hanging.
OOC:
I really should be using your Wild Magic rolls. We could use a random unicorn to show up.
OOC:
Unfortunately, it only works with his sorcerer spells 1st level or higher, which right now consist only of Disguise Self and Silent Image. Two things not generally used in combat! Although, if I manage to survive to the next round, I may have something in mind.
OOC:
Len, could you repost the link to the battle map when you post the night blades' turn? It makes it easier to find.
EDIT:
OOC:
Su-weeet!
Total HP - 7 / 11
Hit Dice
d6 - 1 / 1
d8 - 1 / 1
Tides of Chaos
0 / 1
Spell Slots
1st level: 2 / 2
Pact Magic
1st level: 1 / 1
Last edited March 16, 2018 6:00 pm

Rolls

Dagger - (1d20+5, 1d20+5, 1d4+3)

1d20+5 : (20) + 5 = 25

1d20+5 : (4) + 5 = 9

1d4+3 : (2) + 3 = 5

Crit! - (1d4)

(3) = 3

Len Inactive for 1 months

Mar 17, 2018 8:42 pm
Torden, Barendd, and Pageflap are up

Link to battlemap
Mar 17, 2018 10:44 pm
Looks like it's going to be one of those days gents.
Barendd taps into his second wind as a bonus action to shore up his HP which is now at 8 taking into account his temp hp, 4 if he lost the hp when Leachclaw met it's end.
As he draws in the necessary breath he once again swings at Skeetz who he sees as the primary attacker in this event.
I know you were upset about the outcome of our earlier battle, but you bringing about this ambush is only bringing about more death for your friends. You've brought this bloodshed to all of us.
OOC:
Sweet some usable rolls.
Last edited March 17, 2018 10:45 pm

Rolls

Second wind - (1d10+2)

(10) + 2 = 12

Glaive attack - (1d20+5)

(17) + 5 = 22

damage glaive - (1d10+3)

(2) + 3 = 5

Len Inactive for 1 months

Mar 18, 2018 1:29 am
OOC:
Nice 2nd wind! I think situations like this are where the fighter shines. Let's hope this is the start of everyone's luck shifting.
Mar 19, 2018 3:05 am
Seeing Kit struggle with a knife, while more effective than he would have expected, worries Pageflap to a degree. Intent on assisting his fellow magic user, he commands the weasel to leave the trouser of the dead Grubber and make his way into the pants off the Nightblade hounding his Ally. Once the weasel has a good grip, he channels some of his magic into it, making the weasel cast shocking grasp on his stead.

Rolls

Shocking Grasp attempt - (1d20+5)

(10) + 5 = 15

If hit - (1d8)

(7) = 7

Mar 19, 2018 3:54 am
Torden falls.
OOC:
Quote:
11 damage on Torden
I forget: Does Wrath of the Storm trigger even though the attack takes me down? I think strictly speaking you don't get a Reaction anymore. Rolling below just in case I'm wrong. And then for this round, the death save. Failed :-(
Last edited March 19, 2018 3:57 am

Rolls

Wrath of the Storm vs. N1 - (2d8)

(26) = 8

First death save - (1d20)

(8) = 8

Len Inactive for 1 months

Mar 19, 2018 5:20 am
Not sure, but I think it should still count.

Rolls

dex save - (1d20)

(20) = 20

Len Inactive for 1 months

Mar 19, 2018 5:32 am
Pageflap's weasel scurries up the Night Blade and gives him a shock, which freaks him out almost as much as the impressive show of melee skill that dagger-wielding Kit displays. Barendd steels himself against the onslaught and manages a solid hit with Iman's glaive, clearly getting used to the pole arm.

But is it too little too late?

N2 finds having an electric weasel crawl up itself too much to ignore and strikes at it with his short sword. He misses on the first swing, but succeeds on the second, skewering the small woodland creature. It turns into light and winks out of existence.

N1 shakes off the electric charge from Torden and advances on Kit and strikes him down (11 damage)

Skeetz presses the attack on Barendd (18 damage), while N3 moves past Barendd to attack Pageflap (9 damage)

Rolls

N2 shortsword attack on Weasel - (1d20+4, 1d20+4, 1d6+2)

1d20+4 : (1) + 4 = 5

1d20+4 : (8) + 4 = 12

1d6+2 : (4) + 2 = 6

N2 shortsword attack on Weasel #2 - (1d20+4, 1d20+4, 1d6+2)

1d20+4 : (3) + 4 = 7

1d20+4 : (16) + 4 = 20

1d6+2 : (6) + 2 = 8

N1 attacks Kit #1 - (1d20+4, 1d20+4, 1d6+2)

1d20+4 : (14) + 4 = 18

1d20+4 : (1) + 4 = 5

1d6+2 : (2) + 2 = 4

N1 attacks Kit #2 - (1d20+4, 1d20+4, 1d6+2)

1d20+4 : (20) + 4 = 24

1d20+4 : (8) + 4 = 12

1d6+2 : (4) + 2 = 6

crit - (1d6)

(1) = 1

Skeetz attacks 1 vs. Barendd - (1d20+4, 1d20+4, 1d6+2)

1d20+4 : (13) + 4 = 17

1d20+4 : (20) + 4 = 24

1d6+2 : (5) + 2 = 7

Skeetz attack 2 vs. Barendd - (1d20+4, 1d20+4, 1d6+2)

1d20+4 : (15) + 4 = 19

1d20+4 : (5) + 4 = 9

1d6+2 : (4) + 2 = 6

Crit - (1d6)

(5) = 5

N3 attack 1 vs. Pageflap - (1d20+4, 1d20+4, 1d6+2)

1d20+4 : (17) + 4 = 21

1d20+4 : (8) + 4 = 12

1d6+2 : (3) + 2 = 5

N3 attack 2 vs. Pageflap - (1d20+4, 1d20+4, 1d6+2)

1d20+4 : (15) + 4 = 19

1d20+4 : (10) + 4 = 14

1d6+2 : (2) + 2 = 4

You do not have permission to post in this thread.